NextERP/documentation
5
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
65b28ce72e
documentation/locale/sources/hr.pot
Martin Trigaux (mat) 809f29dc71 [I18N] *: export 15.0 translations 
closes 

X-original-commit: ef3e57c994
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2024-03-09 16:03:48 +00:00

8572 lines
498 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-08 12:48+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5
msgid "Human resources"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:195
msgid "Appraisals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:5
msgid "In Odoo, the *Appraisals* application can be used to evaluate employee performance on a recurring basis. Managers can evaluate the performance of their employees, and also allow employees to do a self-assessment of their own. Appraisals are customizable, and can be set for any kind of schedule desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:10
msgid "Appraisals give employees valuable feedback, including actionable goals to work toward, and measurable skills to improve upon. Additionally, appraisals may form the basis for raises, promotions, and other benefits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:14
msgid "Regular appraisals are good for both the employees and the company, since they can accurately measure performance based on company goals, and show employees where they need to improve."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:27
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:20
msgid "The :guilabel:`Configuration` menu in the *Appraisals* application is where the settings can be configured, feedback templates can be edited, frequencies can be set, evaluation scales can be managed, data for 360 feedback can be stored, and goal tags can be viewed/created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:13
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:27
msgid "To access the *Settings* menu, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> Settings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:31
msgid "Feedback templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:33
msgid "Feedback templates are form outlines used during an employee appraisal. Any edits made to a template are, ultimately, reflected in the appraisals sent to employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:36
msgid "There are two default templates pre-configured in Odoo *Appraisals*: one for employee feedback, and one for manager feedback. Each contains several sections, along with questions, and brief explanations for how to respond to the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:40
msgid "The :guilabel:`Employee Feedback Template` has the following sections: :guilabel:`My work`, :guilabel:`My future`, and :guilabel:`My feelings`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:43
msgid "The :guilabel:`Manager Feedback Template` has the following sections: :guilabel:`Feedback`, :guilabel:`Evaluation`, and :guilabel:`Improvements`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:46
msgid "Any desired changes to the default feedback templates can be made by making changes directly in each template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:52
msgid "The :guilabel:`Appraisals` section of the settings menu determines the frequency that appraisals are performed, and if it is possible to request additional feedback."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The appraisals sections with the timeline filled in and 360 feedback enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:62
msgid "Appraisals plans"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:64
msgid "By default, appraisals are pre-configured to be automatically created six months after an employee is hired, with a second appraisal exactly six months after that."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:67
msgid "Once those two initial appraisals have been completed in the employee's first year, following appraisals are only created once a year (every twelve months)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:70
msgid "To modify this schedule, change the number of months in the blank fields under the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:74
msgid "If the :guilabel:`Appraisals Plans` section is modified, **all** empty :guilabel:`Next Appraisal Dates` are modified for **all** employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:78
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:120
msgid "360 feedback"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:80
msgid "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option can be enabled to allow managers to request feedback from other employees using a different survey form, at any time, independent of the appraisal schedule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:83
msgid "Typically, managers ask for feedback from other people who work with an employee they manage. This includes the employee's various managers, peers, and direct reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:86
msgid "To view the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey, click the :guilabel:`→ Internal link` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Default Template` field. The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey loads, and any desired changes to the survey can be made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:90
msgid "For more information on how to edit a survey, refer to the :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:94
msgid "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` form is a pre-configured survey within the *Surveys* application. In order to use the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` option, including the ability to edit the survey, the *Surveys* application **must** be installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:99
msgid "Evaluation scale"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:101
msgid "On each employee appraisal form, final rating options appear by default. To view and edit these options, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> Evaluation Scale`. This presents the ratings in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:105
msgid "The pre-configured ratings are :guilabel:`Needs Improvement`, :guilabel:`Meets Expectations`, :guilabel:`Exceeds Expectations`, and :guilabel:`Strongly Exceeds Expectations`. To add another rating, click the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:109
msgid "When the :guilabel:`New` button is clicked on the :guilabel:`Evaluation Scale` page, a blank line appears at the bottom of the list. Enter the name of the rating in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:112
msgid "To rearrange the order of the ratings, click the :guilabel:`(six small gray boxes)` icon to the left of a rating, and drag the rating to the desired position on the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The evaluation scale, with the new button and click and drag icons highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:122
msgid "The :guilabel:`360 Feedback` section displays information for all the surveys currently configured in the *Appraisals* application. To view the surveys, and their statistics, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> 360 Feedback`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "A list view of all available surveys in the Appraisals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:130
msgid "Each appraisal (or survey) is presented in its own line on the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page, along with various information related to that particular appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:133
msgid "Each appraisal includes the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:135
msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Name`: the name of the specific survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:136
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: the employee responsible for the survey, including the month and year they were given that designation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:138
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the number of questions in that particular survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:139
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Duration`: the average time a user spends completing the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:140
msgid ":guilabel:`Registered`: the number of people who have been sent the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:141
msgid ":guilabel:`Completed`: the number of people who have completed the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:143
msgid "Each appraisal also has two buttons at the end of each line: a :guilabel:`Test` button and a :guilabel:`See Results` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:146
msgid "To see what an appraisal looks like for the end user (i.e. an employee), click the :guilabel:`Test` button, and the appraisal loads in a new browser tab. The entire appraisal loads, and can be clicked through without having to enter any answers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:150
msgid "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`This is a Test Survey. → Edit Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:153
msgid "To view the results from everyone who completed an appraisal, click the :guilabel:`See Results` button. This presents all the answers for the survey in a new tab. Each question provides information on how many people responded to a question, and how many people skipped it. All answers for each question are visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:158
msgid "To exit, close the tab. Or, click :guilabel:`→ Edit Survey` at the top of the page to be taken to the detail form for that particular survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:161
msgid "In addition to viewing the responses from past appraisals and surveys, new surveys can also be created from the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` page. Simply click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left of the page to create a new survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:165
msgid "For more information on how to create a survey, refer to the :doc:`../marketing/surveys/create` document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:169
msgid "In previous versions of Odoo, this section was referred to as :guilabel:`Surveys`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:172
msgid "Tags"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:174
msgid "An additional feature of the *Appraisals* application is the ability to set :ref:`goals <appraisals/goals>` for employees. On each goal form, there is a field to add tags. The available tags are pulled from a list that is configured from the settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:178
msgid "To view a list of all existing goal tags, and to create new tags, go to the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, by navigating to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Configuration --> Tags`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:181
msgid "All currently configured tags are presented in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:183
msgid "The *Appraisals* application does **not** have any pre-configured tags, so all tags need to be added from this list, or directly from the goal form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:186
msgid "To create a new tag from the :guilabel:`Goal Tags` page, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank line appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:189
msgid "Enter the name of the tag on the line. Then, press the enter key to save the tag, and create a new blank line. Repeat this for all tags that need to be added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:192
msgid "The list of tags is automatically arranged in alphabetical order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:197
msgid "Navigate to the main *Appraisals* dashboard by opening the :guilabel:`Appraisals` application. The :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard is the default view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:200
msgid "To view the dashboard at any point in the application, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:203
msgid "All appraisals are displayed on the dashboard in a Kanban view, by default, with a list of groupings on the left side of the dashboard, including :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, and :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:207
msgid "Click any grouping option to view appraisals for **only** the chosen selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:210
msgid "Only groupings with multiple selections appear in the list. For example, if a database only has one company, the :guilabel:`Company` grouping does **not** appear, since there is no other company to select."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:214
msgid "Each appraisal card displays the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:216
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee's name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the employee is associated with."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:218
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company the employee works for. This only appears in a multi-company database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:220
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date the appraisal was requested, or is scheduled for in the future."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`Activities`: any activities that are scheduled for the appraisal, such as :guilabel:`Meetings` or :guilabel:`Phone Calls.` If no activities are scheduled, an activity can be scheduled from the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, located in the bottom-left corner of an appraisal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:225
msgid ":guilabel:`Manager`: the employee's manager, indicated by the profile icon in the bottom-right corner of an appraisal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:227
msgid ":guilabel:`Status banner`: the status of the appraisal. A banner appears if an appraisal is marked as either :guilabel:`Canceled` or :guilabel:`Done`. If no banner is present, that means the appraisal has not happened, or has not been scheduled yet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:231
msgid "To view the details of any appraisal, click on the card to open the appraisal form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The Appraisals dashboard with each appraisal in its own box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:238
msgid "New appraisal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:240
msgid "To create a new appraisal, click the :guilabel:`New` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Appraisals` dashboard to load a blank appraisal form. Then, enter the following information on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:243
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the employee's name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:244
msgid ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu. The manager is responsible for completing the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section of the appraisal. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a manager set on their employee profile."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:248
msgid ":guilabel:`Appraisal Date`: the current date is automatically entered in this field. This field is automatically updated once the appraisal is completed or canceled, with the corresponding date of completion or cancellation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:251
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a department set on their employee profile."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:254
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the employee's company from the drop-down menu. This field auto-populates after the employee is selected, if they have a company set on their employee profile."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:259
msgid "The only required fields for the appraisal form are the employee's :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Manager`, and the :guilabel:`Company`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:262
msgid "Once the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the appraisal request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:264
msgid "Once confirmed, the employee receives an email stating that an appraisal was requested, and is then prompted to schedule an appraisal date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:267
msgid "The status changes to :guilabel:`Confirmed`, and the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section of the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab is grayed out. The information in that section only appears after the self-assessment is published by the employee. The :guilabel:`Final Rating` field also appears once the appraisal request is confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:272
msgid "If there are any existing appraisals for the employee, an :guilabel:`Appraisal` smart button appears at the top of the page, listing the total number of appraisals there are for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:276
msgid "Ask for feedback"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:278
msgid "As part of the appraisal process, the manager can request feedback on an employee from anyone in the company. Feedback is usually requested from co-workers and other people who interact with, or work with, the employee. This is to get a more well-rounded view of the employee, and aid in the manager's overall assessment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:283
msgid "To request feedback, the appraisal **must** be confirmed. Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button appears at the top of the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:286
msgid "When the :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` button is clicked, an :guilabel:`Ask Feedback` email pop-up form appears, using the :guilabel:`Appraisal: Ask Feedback` email template, which sends the :guilabel:`360 Feedback` survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:290
msgid "Enter the employees being asked to complete the survey in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field. Multiple employees may be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:293
msgid "The email template has dynamic placeholders to personalize the message. Add any additional text to the email, if desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:296
msgid "If required, an :guilabel:`Answer Deadline` can be added, as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:298
msgid "If any attachments are needed, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button, and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the file(s), select them, then click :guilabel:`Open`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:301
msgid "When the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The email pop-up when requesting feedback from other employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:308
msgid "Appraisal form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:310
msgid "Once an appraisal is confirmed, the next steps are for the employee to fill out the self-assessment, after which the manager completes their assessment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:316
msgid "Employee's feedback"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:318
msgid "To complete their portion of feedback, employees should navigate to the main :menuselection:`Appraisals application` dashboard, where the only entries visible are appraisals for the employee, themselves, and/or anyone they manage and have to provide manager feedback for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:322
msgid "Click on the appraisal to open the appraisal form. Enter responses in the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:325
msgid "When completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Manager` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle changes to :guilabel:`Visible to Manager`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The feedback section for the employee with the toggle button highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:335
msgid "Manager's feedback"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:337
msgid "After the employee has completed the :guilabel:`Employee's Feedback` section, under the :guilabel:`Appraisal` tab, it is time for the manager to fill out the :guilabel:`Manager's Feedback` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:341
msgid "The manager enters their responses in the fields in the :ref:`same manner as the employee <appraisals/employee-feedback>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:344
msgid "When the feedback section is completed, click the :guilabel:`Not Visible to Employee` toggle (the default setting once an appraisal is confirmed). When clicked, the toggle changes to :guilabel:`Visible to Employee`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The feedback section for both employees and managers. The toggle buttons are highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:353
msgid "Skills tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:355
msgid "Part of an appraisal is evaluating an employee's skills, and tracking their progress over time. The :guilabel:`Skills` tab of the appraisal form auto-populates with the skills from the :doc:`employee form <../hr/employees/new_employee>`, once an appraisal is confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:359
msgid "Each skill is grouped with like skills, and the :guilabel:`Skill Level`, :guilabel:`Progress`, and :guilabel:`Justification` are displayed for each skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:362
msgid "Update any skills, or add any new skills to the :guilabel:`Skills` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:364
msgid "If a skill level has increased, a reason for the improved rating can be entered into the :guilabel:`Justification` field, such as `took a fluency language test` or `received Javascript certification`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:368
msgid "Refer to the :ref:`Create a new employee <employees/skills>` document for detailed instructions on adding or updating a skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:371
msgid "After an appraisal is completed, and the skills have been updated, the next time an appraisal is confirmed, the updated skills populate the :guilabel:`Skills` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The skills tab of an appraisal form, all filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:379
msgid "Private note tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:381
msgid "If managers want to leave notes that are only visible to other managers, they can be entered in the :guilabel:`Private Note` tab. The employee being evaluated does **not** have access to this tab, and the tab does **not** appear on their appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:386
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:521
msgid "Schedule a meeting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:388
msgid "Once both portions of an appraisal are completed (the :ref:`employee <appraisals/employee-feedback>` and :ref:`manager <appraisals/manager-feedback>` feedback sections), it is time for the employee and manager to meet and discuss the appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:392
msgid "A meeting can be scheduled in one of two ways: either from the *Appraisals* application dashboard, or from an individual appraisal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:395
msgid "To schedule an appraisal from the dashboard of the *Appraisals* application, first navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Appraisals`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:398
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon, beneath the appraisal date on the desired appraisal card, and a :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window appears. Then, click :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity` to create a blank activity form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:402
msgid "Select :guilabel:`Meeting` for the :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the drop-down menu. Doing so causes the form to change, so only the :guilabel:`Activity Type` and :guilabel:`Summary` fields appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:406
msgid "If scheduling an activity other than a meeting, such as a :guilabel:`Call` or a :guilabel:`To-Do`, the fields that appear on the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up form change, accordingly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:410
msgid "The :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon may appear as a number of different icons, depending on what, if any, scheduled activities are in place, and the color represents their corresponding due dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:413
msgid "If no activities are scheduled, that is represented by a gray :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:415
msgid "However, if a specific activity is scheduled, the icon may appear as a :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon for a phone call, a :guilabel:`👥 (group of people)` icon for a meeting, and so on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:418
msgid "The color of the icon indicates the status; a green icon means an activity is scheduled in the future, and a red icon means the activity is past due."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:421
msgid "For more details on activities, refer to the :doc:`../productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities` document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:0
msgid "The appraisal cards with the various activity icons highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:428
msgid "Enter a brief description in the :guilabel:`Summary` field of the :guilabel:`Schedule Activity` pop-up window, such as `Annual Appraisal for (Employee)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:431
msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Open Calendar` button. From the calendar page that appears, navigate to, and double-click on, the desired date and time for the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:434
msgid "Doing so opens a :guilabel:`New Event` pop-up form. From this pop-up form, make any desired modifications, such as designating a :guilabel:`Start` time, or giving a :guilabel:`Name` to the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:438
msgid "Add the appraisee in the :guilabel:`Attendees` section, and include anyone else who should be in the meeting, if necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:441
msgid "To make the meeting a video call, instead of an in-person meeting, click :guilabel:`+ Odoo meeting`, and a :guilabel:`Videocall URL` link appears in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:444
msgid "Once all the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:446
msgid "The meeting now appears on the calendar, and the invited parties are informed, via email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The meeting form with all information entered for Ronnie Hart's annual appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:452
msgid "The other way to schedule a meeting is from the individual appraisal form. To do this, navigate to the :menuselection:`Appraisal application` dashboard, then click on an appraisal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:455
msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button, and the calendar loads. Follow the same directions above to create the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:459
msgid "If no meetings are scheduled, the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button says :guilabel:`No Meeting`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:464
msgid "Goals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:466
msgid "The ability to set goals for employees to work toward is an important feature of Odoo *Appraisals*. Goals are typically set during an appraisal, so the employee knows what they need to work toward before their next appraisal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:470
msgid "To view all goals, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Goals`. This presents all the goals for every employee, in a default Kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:473
msgid "Each goal card contains the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:475
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the name of the goal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:476
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the employee the goal is assigned to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:477
msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: the due date for the goal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:478
msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: the percentage of competency set for the goal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:479
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: the profile icon of the employee the goal is assigned to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:481
msgid "If a goal is completed, a :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "The goals Kanban view, with nine goal cards."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:488
msgid "Every individual goal requires its own entry for each employee. If employees have the same goal, a goal card for each employee appears on the list. For example, if both Bob and Sara have the same goal of `Typing`, two cards appear in the Kanban view: one `Typing` goal for Bob, and another `Typing` goal for Sara."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:494
msgid "New goal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:496
msgid "To create a new goal, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Goals`, and click :guilabel:`New` to open a blank goal form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:499
msgid "Enter the information on the card. The information requested is all the same information that appears on the :ref:`goal card <appraisals/goals>` in the Kanban view, with the addition of a :guilabel:`Tags` field and a :guilabel:`Description` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:503
msgid "The current user populates the :guilabel:`Employee` field by default, and the :guilabel:`Manager` field populates with the manager set on the employee profile."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:506
msgid "Make any necessary changes to the form, and add any notes that might be useful to clarify the goal in the :guilabel:`Description` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "A goal form filled out for a Python skill, set to 50% proficiency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:514
msgid "Completed goals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:516
msgid "When a goal has been met, it is important to update the record. A goal can be marked as `Done` in one of two ways: from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, or from the individual goal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:519
msgid "To mark a goal as `Done` from the main :guilabel:`Goals` dashboard, click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the top-right of a goal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:523
msgid "The :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon **only** appears when the mouse hovers over the corner of a goal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:526
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Done` from the resulting drop-down menu. A green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:529
msgid "To mark a goal as `Done` from the goal card itself, click on a goal card to open that goal's form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Mark as Done` button in the top-left of the form. When clicked, a green :guilabel:`Done` banner appears in the top-right corner of the goal form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:534
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:450
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:351
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:754
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:700
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:536
msgid "The *Appraisals* application tracks two metrics across two different reports: an :ref:`appraisal analysis <appraisals/analysis>`, and a :ref:`skills evolution <appraisals/skills-report>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:542
msgid "Appraisal analysis"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:544
msgid "To access the *Appraisal Analysis* report, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Appraisal Analysis`. This displays a report of all the appraisals in the database, highlighted in different colors to represent their status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:548
msgid "Appraisals in yellow are completed, appraisals in orange are in-progress (the appraisal is confirmed, but not completed), and appraisals in gray are scheduled (according to the :ref:`appraisals/appraisal-plan`), but have not been confirmed yet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:552
msgid "The report displays the whole current year, by default, grouped by department."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:554
msgid "To change the calendar view presented, change the date settings in the top-left of the report. The options to display are :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, and :guilabel:`Year`. Use the arrows to move forward or backward in time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:558
msgid "At any point, click the :guilabel:`Today` button to present the calendar to include today's date in the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:561
msgid "The report can have other filters and groupings set in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar at the top."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "A report showing all the appraisals for the Appraisal Analysis report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:570
msgid "Skills evolution"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:572
msgid "To access the *Skills Evolution* report, navigate to :menuselection:`Appraisals application --> Reporting --> Skills Evolution`. This displays a report of all skills, grouped by employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:575
msgid "All the lines of the report are collapsed, by default. To view the details of a line, click on a line to expand the data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:578
msgid "Each skill has the following information listed:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:580
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: name of the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:581
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: the category the skill falls under."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:582
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: the specific, individual skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:583
msgid ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Level`: the level the employee had previously achieved for the skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:584
msgid ":guilabel:`Previous Skill Progress`: the previous percentage of competency achieved for the skill (based on the :guilabel:`Skill Level`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:586
msgid ":guilabel:`Current Skill Level`: the current level the employee has achieved for the skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:587
msgid ":guilabel:`Current Skill Progress`: the current percentage of competency achieved for the skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:588
msgid ":guilabel:`Justification`: any notes entered on the skill explaining the progress."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/appraisals.rst:-1
msgid "A report showing all the skills grouped by employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:5
msgid "Attendances"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:12
msgid "Odoo's *Attendances* application functions as a time clock. Employees are able to check in and out of work using a dedicated device in kiosk mode, while users are also able to check in and out of work directly from the database. Managers can quickly see who is available at any given time, and create reports to see everyone's hours, and gain insights on which employees are working overtime, or checking out of work earlier than expected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:21
msgid "Access Rights"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:23
msgid "It is important to understand how the different access rights affect what users can access in the *Attendances* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:26
msgid "Every user in the database is always able to access their own information on the dashboard, and can check in and out directly from the database. Access to all the other features is determined by access rights."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:30
msgid "To see what access rights a user has, navigate to the :menuselection:`Settings application --> Users & Companies: Users`, and click on an individual user. The :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab is visible by default. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section to see the setting. For the :guilabel:`Attendances` field, the options are either to leave the field blank, or select :guilabel:`Administrator`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:36
msgid "If the :guilabel:`Administrator` option is selected, the user has full access to the entire *Attendances* application, with no restrictions. They can view all employee attendance records, enter kiosk mode from the application, access all reporting metrics, and make modifications to the settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:41
msgid "If left blank, the user can only view their own information on the *Attendances* application dashboard, and can view their own personal attendance records under the reporting feature. Everyone else's attendance records will be hidden from view on the report. There is no access to either the kiosk mode or the configuration menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:49
msgid "Approvers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:51
msgid "The only other scenario where different information may be accessible in the *Attendances* application is for approvers. If a user does *not* have administrative rights for the *Attendances* application, but they are set as an employee's approver for the *Attendances* application, that user will be able to view the attendance records for that specific employee, as well as make modifications to that employee's attendance records (when necessary). This applies to all employee's the user is listed as the *Attendances* application approver. Approvers are typically managers, though this is not necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:59
msgid "To see who the attendance approver is for an employee, navigate to the :menuselection:`Employees application` and click on the specific employee. Click on the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Approvers` section, and check the :guilabel:`Attendance` field. The person selected will be able to view that employees' attendance records, both on the *Attendances* application dashboard as well as in the attendance reports, and make modifications to their records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:69
msgid "There are very few configurations needed in the *Attendances* application. Determining how employees check in and out, defining how the kiosks function, and determining how extra hours are computed are all set in the Configuration menu. Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application--> Configuration` to access the configuration menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:75
msgid "Modes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Kiosk Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how an employee checks in when using a kiosk. Options are :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID`, :guilabel:`Barcode/RFID and Manual Selection`, or :guilabel:`Manual Selection`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:84
msgid "The *Barcode* application **does not** need to be installed in order to use one of the Barcode/RFID settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:87
msgid ":guilabel:`Attendances from Backend`: activate this selection to allow users to check in and out directly from the Odoo database. If this is not activated, users must use a kiosk to check in and out of work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:94
msgid "Kiosk Settings"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:96
msgid "This section only needs to be configured if employees use kiosks for checking in and out. If kiosks are *not* being used, modifying any of these fields will **not** adversely affect the functionality of the Attendances application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode Source`: this setting appears if either of the two Barcode/RFID selections were configured for the :ref:`Kiosk Mode <attendances/kiosk-mode>` setting. Select how barcodes are scanned at the kiosk, either with a dedicated barcode :guilabel:`Scanner`, or the device's :guilabel:`Front Camera`, or :guilabel:`Back Camera`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:104
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification`: activate this option if employees should use a unique PIN to check in. PINs are configured on each individual employee record. Refer to the :doc:`../hr/employees/new_employee` documentation for more information on setting up PINs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:107
msgid ":guilabel:`Display Time`: set the duration (in seconds) the check in and check out confirmation screen remains on the kiosk before going back to the main check in screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:109
msgid ":guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url`: Odoo generates a unique web address (URL) in order to use a device as a kiosk without having to sign in to the Odoo database. When setting up a kiosk device, navigate to this unique web address in a web browser to present the Attendances application kiosk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:114
msgid "These kiosk URLs are **not** secured with any type of access code. Anyone who has the URL can access the Attendances application kiosk. If the URL is compromised for any reason, such as in the event of a security breach, click :guilabel:`Generate a new Kiosk Mode URL`, located beneath the link, to generate a new URL and update the kiosk(s) accordingly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:120
msgid "Extra Hours"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:122
msgid ":guilabel:`Count of Extra Hours`: enable this box to allow employees to log extra hours beyond their set working hours (sometimes referred to as *overtime*). Activating this selection displays the following settings as well. If this is not activated, no other configurations appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Start From`: the current date is automatically entered in this field. If desired, click on this field and use the calendar selector to modify the start date that extra hours will be logged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Company`: enter the amount of time, in minutes, that will *not* count towards an employee's overtime. When an employee checks out, and the extra time logged is below the specified minutes, the extra time will *not* be counted as overtime for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`Tolerance Time In Favor Of Employee`: enter the amount of time, in minutes, that an employee is given, that will not adversely affect their attendance if they log less time than their working hours. When an employee checks out, and the total time logged for the day is less than their specified working hours, and less than this specified grace period, they will not be penalized for their reduced hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:138
msgid ":guilabel:`Display Extra Hours`: activate this box to display the extra hours logged by an employee when they check out with a kiosk, or when a user checks out in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:142
msgid "A company sets both of the :guilabel:`Tolerance` fields to `15` minutes, and the working hours for the entire company is set from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. If an employee checks in at 9:00 AM, and checks out at 5:14 PM, the extra 14 minutes are *not* counted towards their overtime. If an employee checks in at 9:05 AM, and checks out at 4:55 PM, even though they logged a total of 10 minutes less than their full working hours, they will not be penalized for this discrepancy."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:152
msgid "Check in and out via the database"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:154
msgid "Odoo's *Attendances* application allows users who are logged into the database to check in and out, without needing to go into the *Attendances* application, or use a kiosk. For some smaller companies, where every employee is also a user, this feature may be useful."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:158
msgid "A user can check in and out on the main database dashboard, as well as in any application. In the upper right corner of the top main menu, which is always visible regardless of what application the user is in, a :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` or :guilabel:`🟢 (green circle)` is visible. Click on the colored circle to reveal the attendance widget, enabling the user to check in and/or out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "Top right main menu with check in button highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:168
msgid "Check in"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:170
msgid "If the attendance widget circle is red, this indicates the user is not currently checked in. Click the :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` and the attendance widget appears, displaying a green :guilabel:`Check in ->` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:178
msgid "If the user has not checked in and out already during the current work day, this button is the only visible item in the widget. If the user has previously checked in and out, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears above the button, and the total amount of time that has been logged for the day appears beneath that field, in an :guilabel:`XX:XX` (hours:minutes) format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:183
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Check in ->` button to check in. The :guilabel:`🔴 (red circle)` in the top menu changes to green, and the widget changes appearance as well. The widget updates to reflect that the user has checked in, by changing the green :guilabel:`Check in ->` button to a yellow :guilabel:`Check out ->` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:188
msgid "Click anywhere on the screen to close the attendance widget."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:191
msgid "Check out"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:193
msgid "If the user is checking out for the first time, :guilabel:`Since XX:XX (AM/PM)` appears at the top of the widget, with the time the user checked in populating the time field. Beneath that line, :guilabel:`XX:XX` is displayed, indicating the hours and minutes that have elapsed since checking in. As time passes, this value is updated to reflect the hours and minutes that have passed since the user checked in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:199
msgid "If the user has previously checked in and out, additional fields are presented. A :guilabel:`Before XX:XX (AM/PM)` field appears in addition to the :guilabel:`Since XX:XX (AM/PM)` field. The time displayed in both of these fields are populated with the most recent check in time, and will match. Beneath the :guilabel:`Before XX:XX (AM/PM)` field, the previously logged hours are displayed, in an :guilabel:`XX:XX` (hours:minutes) format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:205
msgid "In addition, beneath both of these fields, a :guilabel:`Total today` field appears. This field is the sum of both the :guilabel:`Before XX:XX (AM/PM)` and :guilabel:`Since XX:XX (AM/PM)` fields, and is the total time that will be logged for the user, if they were to log out at that moment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:209
msgid "As time passes, both the :guilabel:`Since XX:XX (AM/PM)` and :guilabel:`Total today` fields are updated live. To check out, click the yellow :guilabel:`Check out ->` button. The attendance widget updates again, displaying the :guilabel:`Total today` field with the logged time, and the yellow :guilabel:`Check out ->` button changes to a green :guilabel:`Check in ->` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The pop-up that appears when an employee checks in inside the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:219
msgid "There is no limit to the amount of times a user can check in and check out. Users are able to check in and out without any time elapsing (a value of 00:00). Each time an employee logs in and out, the information is stored and appears on the dashboard, including check ins and check outs with no time value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:225
msgid "Kiosk Mode"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:227
msgid "Some companies may opt to use a dedicated device (a laptop or desktop PC, a tablet, or a mobile phone) for employees to check in and check out from. Kiosk mode is used for these scenarios."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:231
msgid "If users check in and out using either a badge or an RFID, then an accessible device in kiosk mode **must** be available in order to check in and check out using these two methods."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:234
msgid "Entering kiosk mode is only available for users with specific :ref:`access rights <attendances/access-rights>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:237
msgid "There are three ways that kiosk mode can be activated:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:239
msgid "Navigate to the :guilabel:`Attendances` application, and click :guilabel:`Kiosk Mode` in the top menu. The device then enters kiosk mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:241
msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click on the link in the :guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url` field. A new tab opens in kiosk mode. It is recommended to close the database tab to keep the database secure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:245
msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Attendances application --> Configuration`. In the :guilabel:`Kiosk Settings` section, click :guilabel:`Copy` next to the link beneath the :guilabel:`Attendance Kiosk Url` field. Paste this URL into a web browser on the kiosk device and navigate to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The Attendances Kiosk URL field in the settings section of the Attendances application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:254
msgid "As a security measure, once a device is in kiosk mode, it is not possible to exit kiosk mode and go back into the database without singing back in. To exit kiosk mode, click the back button in the web browser. This logs the user out of the database, and returns to the main log in screen. This prevents anyone from accessing the database, adding another layer of security."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:260
msgid "Badge"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:262
msgid "To check in or out using a badge, tap the :guilabel:`📷 (camera) Tap to scan` image in the center of the kiosk. Then, scan the barcode on the badge using the method configured in the :ref:`kiosk settings <attendances/kiosk-settings>` section of the configuration menu. Options are a dedicated barcode scanning device, or the kiosk's front or back camera. Once the barcode is scanned, the employee is checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message <attendances/confirmation>` appears with all the check in or check out information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The Attendances Kiosk view displaying the scan badge image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:274
msgid "RFID"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:276
msgid "To check in or out using an RFID key fob, simply scan the fob with an RFID reader. Once scanned, the employee is then either checked in or checked out, and a :ref:`confirmation message <attendances/confirmation>` appears with all the check in or check out information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:281
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:283
msgid "Users who do not have a scannable badge or an RFID fob can manually check in and out at a kiosk. Tap the :guilabel:`Identify Manually` button on the kiosk, and a screen with all the employees that can be checked in or out appears. This is the same view as in the *Employees* application dashboard. Tap on the person, and they are either checked in or checked out, and a :ref:`confirmation message <attendances/confirmation>` appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:289
msgid "When a large number of employees appear in the list, making scrolling inefficient, there are two ways to quickly find a specific person:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:292
msgid ":guilabel:`Search...`: tap on the :guilabel:`Search...` field and enter the person's name. As the name is typed in, the matching results are displayed on the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:294
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: to quickly filter the presented employees, tap on a department to display only those employees that are part of that department. The :guilabel:`Departments` are listed on the left side of the screen, and the number at the end of each department indicates how many employees are part of the department, and will be displayed when selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:300
msgid "PIN"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:302
msgid "If the :guilabel:`Employee PIN Identification` option was activated in the :ref:`kiosk settings <attendances/kiosk-settings>` section of the configuration menu, the employee is prompted to enter a PIN when manually checking in or out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:306
msgid "After the employee is selected, a number pad appears with a message. When checking in, :guilabel:`(Employee) Welcome! Please enter your PIN to check in` appears above the numbers. When checking out, :guilabel:`(Employee) Want to check out? Please enter your PIN to check out` appears above the numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:311
msgid "Tap in the PIN using the number pad, then tap :guilabel:`OK` when done. The employee is then checked in or out, and a :ref:`confirmation message <attendances/confirmation>` appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The pop-up that appears when prompted to enter a pin."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:321
msgid "Confirmation message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:323
msgid "When an employee checks in or out, a confirmation message appears with all the check in or check out information. When checking in, a welcome message appears, as well as the date and time of check in. An :guilabel:`Hours Previously Today: XX:XX` field also appears, displaying any time already logged for that employee for the day. If no time has already been logged, the value displayed is `00:00`. Beneath the message is an :guilabel:`OK` button. To exit the screen before the preset time in the kiosk, tap the :guilabel:`OK` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:330
msgid "When checking out, the screen displays a goodbye message, with the date and time of check out, and the total hours logged for the day. Beneath the message is a :guilabel:`Goodbye` button. To exit the screen before the preset time, tap the :guilabel:`Goodbye` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The goodbye message with all the employee's check out information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:339
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:307
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:341
msgid "When entering the *Attendances* application, the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard is presented, containing all the check in and check out information for the signed in user. If the user has specific :ref:`access rights <attendances/access-rights>` and/or are :ref:`approvers <attendances/approvers>` for specific employees, then those additional employee's check in and check out information is also visible on the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:348
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:350
msgid "To change the view from the default Gantt chart to a list view, click the :guilabel:`List` icon in the top right of the dashboard, beneath the user's photo. To switch back to the Gantt chart, click the :guilabel:`Gantt` button, located next to the :guilabel:`List` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:354
msgid "The default view presents the current day's information. To present the information for the :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`, click on the :guilabel:`Day` button to reveal a drop-down, displaying those other options. Select the desired view, and the dashboard will update, presenting the selected information. To change the :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` presented, click the left or right :guilabel:`arrow` buttons on either side of the drop-down button. To jump back to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` button. The refreshed the dashboard, presenting information containing the current day's information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:363
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Day` view, the column for the current hour is highlighted in yellow. If the :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Month` view is selected, the column for the current day is highlighted. If the :guilabel:`Year` view is selected, the current month is highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The overview dashboard presenting the information for the week, with the current day\n"
"highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:372
msgid "Any entries that have errors appear in red, indicating they need to be resolved by a user with the proper :ref:`access rights <attendances/access-rights>` and/or are :ref:`approvers <attendances/approvers>` for the employee(s) with the errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:379
msgid "Filters and Groups"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:381
msgid "To filter the results in the dashboard or to present different groups of information, click the drop-down button in the :guilabel:`Search` bar above the dashboard, then select one of the available :guilabel:`Filters` or :guilabel:`Group By` options. There are several pre-configured filters and groups to choose from, as well as an option to create custom ones."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:387
msgid "Filters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:389
msgid "The default filters that can be selected are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:391
msgid ":guilabel:`My Attendances`: this filter only presents the user's attendance data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:392
msgid ":guilabel:`My Team`: this filter presents the attendance data for the user's team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:393
msgid ":guilabel:`At Work`: this filter displays the attendance data for everyone currently checked in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:394
msgid ":guilabel:`Errors`: this filter displays any entries with :ref:`errors <attendances/errors>` that need to be resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:396
msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: this filter has a drop-down to further select a specific time period. Select the desired time period from the options presented, a specific month, quarter, or year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:398
msgid ":guilabel:`Last 7 days`: this filter presents the attendance data for the last seven days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:399
msgid ":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`: create a custom filter using the pop-up that appears when this is selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:403
msgid "Groups"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:405
msgid "The default groups that can be selected are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:407
msgid ":guilabel:`Check In`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`. Selected the time period to display all the check-in information, grouped by the selected time period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:411
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: this group presents the attendance data organized by employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:412
msgid ":guilabel:`Check Out`: this grouping presents a drop-down menu containing the following time period options: :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`. Selected the time period to display all the check-out information, grouped by the selected time period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:416
msgid ":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`: this option displays a drop-down menu with a variety of options to group the attendance data by, including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`Mode`, and :guilabel:`IP Address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:423
msgid "Errors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:425
msgid "Entries that contain an error appear on the dashboard in red. In the :guilabel:`Gantt view`, the entry appears with a red background. If in the :guilabel:`List view`, the entry text appears in red."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:428
msgid "An error typically occurs when an employee has checked in but has not checked out within the last 24 hours, or when an employee has a check in and check out period spanning over 16 hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:431
msgid "To fix the error, the attendance entry must be modified or deleted. Click on the entry to reveal a pop-up containing the details for that particular entry. To modify the :guilabel:`Check In` and/or :guilabel:`Check Out` information, click on the :guilabel:`Check In` or :guilabel:`Check Out` field and a calendar selector appears. Click on the desired date, then use the time selector beneath the calendar to select the specific time for the entry. When the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Apply.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The pop-up that allows for modifications to an attendance entry with an error. The calendar\n"
"selector is shown, and the time selector is highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:443
msgid "When all the information on the pop-up is correct, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`. When the entry no longer has an error, the entry appears in gray instead of red."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:446
msgid "To delete an entry, click :guilabel:`Remove` on the pop-up instead of making modifications to the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:452
msgid "To view attendance reports, click :guilabel:`Reporting` in the top menu. The default report displays each employee's attendance information for the past 3 months, in a :guilabel:`Line Chart`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:455
msgid "The default view is a :guilabel:`Graph`. To view the data in a pivot table, click the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button on the top right of the report. To switch back to the graph view, click the :guilabel:`Graph` button, located next to the :guilabel:`Pivot Table` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:459
msgid "To present different information, adjust the :ref:`filters and groups <attendances/filters-groups>` in the same way as in the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:462
msgid "The data can be presented in either a :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, :guilabel:`Pie Chart`, :guilabel:`Stacked` chart, or in :guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order. To change the view to any of these charts, click the corresponding button above the displayed chart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:466
msgid "To change the :guilabel:`Measures`, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button and select the desired measure from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:469
msgid "The report can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a pop-up appears. Select the desired spreadsheet, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:-1
msgid "The default report view, with all the optional view buttons highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6
msgid "Kiosk management"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8
msgid "A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and check out for work shifts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10
msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12
msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14
msgid "Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible with your web browser."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17
msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19
msgid "Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk or mounting them securely on a wall."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23
msgid "We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand <https://hecklerdesign.com/products/windfall-stand-for-ipad>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27
msgid "RFID key fob readers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29
msgid "Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:-1
msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38
msgid "We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader <https://neuftech.net/Neuftech-USB-RFID-Reader-ID-Kartenleseger%C3%A4t-Kartenleser-Kontaktlos-Card-Reader-f%C3%BCr-EM4100>`_."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57
msgid "An IoT box is **not** required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44
msgid "Barcode scanners"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46
msgid "Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode scanners are also supported natively."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51
msgid "We recommend using the `Honeywell product line <https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
msgid "Employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
msgid "Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and departments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
msgid "Create new employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
msgid "When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee record. This record is a centralized place where all important information about the employee is stored, including :ref:`general information <employees/general-info>`, :ref:`job history and skills <employees/resume>`, :ref:`various work information <employees/work-info-tab>`, :ref:`personal details <employees/private-info>`, :ref:`documents <employees/docs>`, and more."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:11
msgid "To begin, open the :menuselection:`Employees` app, then click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank employee form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:14
msgid "Proceed to fill out the required information, along with any additional details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "Create a new employee form with all fields filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:21
msgid "The current company phone number and name are populated in the :guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields. If the *Appraisals* application is installed, the :guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date` field is populated with a date six months from the current date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:28
msgid "General information"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:30
msgid "The employee form automatically saves as data is entered. However, the form can be saved manually at any time by clicking the :guilabel:`Save manually` option, represented by a :guilabel:`(cloud with an upwards arrow)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:51
msgid "Required fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:37
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee's Name`: enter the employee's name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: from the drop-down menu in this field, select the company the new employee was hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the field, and clicking :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` from the mini drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "A new employee form with the required fields highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:47
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:91
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:737
msgid "Optional fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
msgid ":guilabel:`Photo`: in the top-right image box of the employee form, click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: enter the employee's job title under their name, or select it from the :guilabel:`Job Position` field drop-down menu below to have this top field auto-populate. The :guilabel:`Job Position` field under the employee name can be modified, and does *not* need to match the selection made in the :guilabel:`Job Position` drop-down menu in the field below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
msgid "While it is recommended to have the job positions match, the typed-in description in this top field can contain more specific information than the selected drop-down :guilabel:`Job Position`, if desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
msgid "For instance, if someone is hired for a sales representative position configured as :guilabel:`Sales Representative` in the *Recruitment* app, that can be selected in the drop-down :guilabel:`Job Position` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:65
msgid "In the typed-in :guilabel:`Job Position` field beneath the :guilabel:`Employee's Name` field, the position could be more specific, such as `Sales Representative - Subscriptions` if the employee is focused solely on subscription sales."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
msgid "Both job position fields entered but with different information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: select a tag from the drop-down menu to add relevant tags to the employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once created, the new tag is available for all employee records. There is no limit to the amount of tags that can be added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Contact Information`: enter the employee's :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, :guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` name, if not already auto-populated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the employee's department from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the employee's job position from the drop-down menu. Once a selection is made, the :guilabel:`Job Position` field beneath the :guilabel:`Employee's Name` field automatically updates to reflect the currently selected job position. These positions are from the :doc:`Recruitment <../../hr/recruitment/new_job/>` application, and reflect the currently configured job positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`Manager`: select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Coach`: select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:87
msgid ":guilabel:`Next Appraisal Date`: this field is **only** visible if the *Appraisals* application is installed. The date automatically populates with a date that is computed according to the settings configured in the *Appraisals* application. This date can be modified using the calendar selector."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
msgid "After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
msgid "To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click :guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:102
msgid "Additional information tabs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:107
msgid "Resumé tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:110
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:861
msgid "Resumé"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:112
msgid "Next, enter the employee's work history in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. Each resumé line must be entered individually. When creating an entry for the first time, click :guilabel:`Create a new entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form appears. After an entry is added, the :guilabel:`Create a new entry` button is replaced with an :guilabel:`Add` button. Enter the following information for each entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "A resumé entry form with all the information populated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:122
msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: type in the title of the previous work experience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: select the employee from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: from the drop-down menu, select either :guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Side Projects`, :guilabel:`Internal Certification`, :guilabel:`Completed Internal Training`, or type in a new entry, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(Type)\"`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:128
msgid ":guilabel:`Display Type`: from the drop-down menu, choose :guilabel:`Classic` for typical work experience, :guilabel:`Certification` for experience gained through a certification, or :guilabel:`Course` for non-certified classes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the start and end dates for the work experience. To select a date, click the first empty field to reveal a calendar pop-up window. Proceed to use the :guilabel:`< (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`> (right arrow)` icons to scroll to the desired month, then click on the day to select it. Repeat this process to locate and select the end date. When the desired dates have been selected, click :guilabel:`✔️ Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter any relevant details in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:138
msgid "Once all the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another resumé line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:143
msgid "After the new employee form is saved, the current position and company is automatically added to the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, with the end date listed as `current`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:149
msgid "Skills"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
msgid "An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the same manner that a resumé line is created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:154
msgid "In order to add a skill to an employee record, the skill types must be configured first. If no skill types are configured, a :guilabel:`Create new Skills` button appears in the :guilabel:`Skills` section of the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. :ref:`Configure the skill types <employees/skill-types>` before adding any skills to the employee record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:159
msgid "If the skill types are configured, a :guilabel:`Pick a skill from the list` button appears instead. Click the :guilabel:`Pick a skill from the list` button, and select the following information for each skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "A skill form with the information filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: select a :ref:`skill type <employees/skill-types>` by clicking the radio button next to the skill type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:169
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill`: after selecting a :guilabel:`Skill Type`, the corresponding skills associated with that selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting :guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new skill, then click :guilabel:`Create \"(new skill)\"`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:174
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Level`: pre-defined skill levels associated with the selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. First, select a :guilabel:`Skill Level`, then the progress bar automatically displays the pre-defined progress for that specific skill level. Skill levels and progress can be modified in the :guilabel:`Skill Level` pop-up form, which is accessed via the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow next to :guilabel:`Skill Level` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:180
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button if there is only one skill to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and immediately add another skill."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:183
msgid "To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the :guilabel:`Add` button next to the corresponding section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:188
msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all employees` or :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the *Employees* app can add or edit skills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:194
msgid "Skill types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:196
msgid "In order to add a skill to an employee's form, the :guilabel:`Skill Types` must be configured. Go to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Skill Types` to view the currently configured skill types and create new skill types."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:201
msgid "The default skill of :guilabel:`Languages` is pre-configured as a skill *type*, but there are no specific language *skills* listed within that skill type. The :guilabel:`Languages` skill type must be fully configured before it can be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:205
msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` and a new :guilabel:`Skill Type` form appears. Fill out all the details for the new skill type. Repeat this for all the needed skill types."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:208
msgid ":guilabel:`Skill Type`: enter the name of the skill type. This acts as the parent category for more specific skills and should be generic."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:210
msgid ":guilabel:`Skills`: click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the new skill, then repeat for all other needed skills."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:212
msgid ":guilabel:`Levels`: click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and enter the :guilabel:`Name` of the level. Next, click into the :guilabel:`Progress` field, and enter a percentage (0-100) for that level. Repeat for all additional levels, as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Level`: click the toggle on the level line to set that level as the default. Typically, the lowest level is set as the default, but any level can be chosen. The toggle turns green, indicating it is the default level for the skill. Only one level can be set as the default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:220
msgid "To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, in the :guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. Last, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `Beginner`, `Intermediate`, and `Expert`, with the :guilabel:`Progress` listed as `25`, `50`, and `100`, respectively. Last, click :guilabel:`Set Default` on the `Beginner` line to set this as the default skill level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
msgid "A skill form for a Math skill type, with all the information entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
msgid "The :guilabel:`Skill Type` form automatically saves as data is entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:233
msgid "Once the form is completely filled out, click the :guilabel:`Save manually` button, represented by a :guilabel:`cloud with an upwards arrow` icon at the top of the screen, and the :guilabel:`Levels` rearrange in descending order, with the highest level at the top, and the lowest at the bottom, regardless of the default level and the order they were entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:241
msgid "Work information tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
msgid "The :guilabel:`Work Information` tab is where the employee's specific job related information is found. Their working schedule, various roles, who approves their specific requests (time off, timesheets, and expenses), their remote work schedule, and specific work location details are listed here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:248
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab to access this section, and enter the following information for the new employee:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:251
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down menu. To modify the address, hover over the first line (if there are multiple lines) of the address to reveal an :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow. Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open up the company form, and make any edits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:256
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:273
msgid "Use the breadcrumb links to navigate back to the new employee form when done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
msgid "If a new work address is needed, add the address by typing it in the field, then click :guilabel:`Create (new address)` to add the address, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new address and edit the address form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:261
msgid ":guilabel:`Approvers`: to see this section, the user must have either :guilabel:`Administrator` or :guilabel:`Officer: Manage all employees` rights set for the *Employees* application. Using the drop-down menus, select the users responsible for approving an :guilabel:`Expense`, a :guilabel:`Time Off` request, :guilabel:`Timesheet` entries, and :guilabel:`Attendance` records for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:267
msgid "Hover over any of the selections to reveal the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:269
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow to open a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Mobile`, and :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` fields. These can be modified, if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:276
msgid "The users that appear in the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Approvers` section **must** have *Administrator* rights set for the corresponding human resources role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:279
msgid "To check who has these rights, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users --> → Manage Users`. Then, click on an employee, and check the :guilabel:`Human Resources` section of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:283
msgid "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Expenses`, they **must** have either :guilabel:`Team Approver`, :guilabel:`All Approver`, or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Expenses` role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:286
msgid "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Time Off`, they **must** have either :guilabel:`Officer:Manage all Requests` or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Time Off` role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:289
msgid "In order for the user to appear as an approver for :guilabel:`Timesheets`, they **must** have either :guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Officer:Manage all contracts`, or :guilabel:`Administrator` set for the :guilabel:`Payroll` role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:293
msgid ":guilabel:`Remote Work`: use the drop-down menu to select the default location the employee works from each day of the week. The default options are :guilabel:`Home`, :guilabel:`Office`, or :guilabel:`Other`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:297
msgid "A new location can be typed into the field, then click either :guilabel:`Create (new location)` to add the location, or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to add the new location and edit the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:300
msgid "After edits are done, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`, and the new location is added, and populates the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:303
msgid "Leave the field blank (:guilabel:`Unspecified`) for non-working days like Saturday and Sunday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:306
msgid "It is also possible to add or modify work locations by navigating to :menuselection:`Employees app --> Configuration --> Employee: Work Locations`. To modify a location, click on an existing location, then make any changes on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:310
msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new location, then enter the following information on the form. All fields are **required**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:313
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Location`: enter the name for the location. This can be as general or as specific, as needed, such as `Home` or `Building 1, Second Floor`, respectfully."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:315
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Address`: using the drop-down menu, select the address for the location."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:316
msgid ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: click on the icon to select it for the :guilabel:`Cover Image`. Options are a :guilabel:`house` icon, an :guilabel:`office building` icon, and a :guilabel:`GPS location marker` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:319
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: using the drop-down menu, select the company the location applies to. The current company populates this field, by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
msgid "A new work location form with all fields filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:326
msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule`: select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` and :guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`Internal Link` arrow opens a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours can be modified or deleted here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:331
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working schedules, and an Employee **cannot** have working hours that are outside of a company's working schedule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:334
msgid "Each individual working schedule is company-specific. So, for multi-company databases, each company needs to have its own working schedules set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:337
msgid "If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working schedule for the company, new working schedules can be added, or existing working schedules can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:340
msgid "Working hours can be modified in the *Payroll* application, where they are referred to as :guilabel:`Working Schedules`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:343
msgid "For more information on how to create or modify :guilabel:`Working Schedules` in the *Payroll* application, refer to the :doc:`../../hr/payroll` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:346
msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: select a role from the drop-down menu for both the :guilabel:`Roles` and the :guilabel:`Default Role` fields. If the :guilabel:`Default Role` is selected as a role, it is automatically added to the list of :guilabel:`Roles`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:351
msgid "The :guilabel:`Planning` section affects the *Planning* application and **only** appears if the *Planning* application is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:354
msgid "If an employee has assigned :guilabel:`Roles`, they are **only** assigned to shifts for these roles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:357
msgid "If this field is blank, they are assigned shifts, regardless of the role. The :guilabel:`Default Role` has precedence over the other roles when assigning shifts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:363
msgid "Private information tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:365
msgid "No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required to create an employee, however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:370
msgid "Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Family Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency` contact, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Work Permit`, and :guilabel:`Citizenship` information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, ticking a checkbox, or typing in the information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:375
msgid ":guilabel:`Private Contact`: enter the :guilabel:`Private Address`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`Phone` for the employee. Then, enter the employee's :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:379
msgid "If the bank is not already configured (the typical situation when creating a new employee), enter the bank account number, and click :guilabel:`Create and edit..`. A :guilabel:`Create Bank Account Number` form loads. Fill in the necessary information, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:383
msgid "Next, select the employee's preferred :guilabel:`Language` from the drop-down menu. Then enter the :guilabel:`Home-Work Distance` in the field. This field is only necessary if the employee is receiving any type of commuter benefits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:387
msgid "Lastly, enter the employee's license plate information in the :guilabel:`Private Car Plate` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:388
msgid ":guilabel:`Family Status`: select the current :guilabel:`Marital Status` using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Single`, :guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or :guilabel:`Divorced`. If the employee has any dependent children, enter the :guilabel:`Number of Dependent Children` in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:392
msgid ":guilabel:`Emergency`: type in the :guilabel:`Contact Name` and :guilabel:`Contact Phone` number of the employee's emergency contact in the respective fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:394
msgid ":guilabel:`Education`: select the highest level of education completed by the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Default options include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:398
msgid "Type in the :guilabel:`Field of Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:400
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: if the employee has a work permit, enter the information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` (visa number), and/or :guilabel:`Work Permit No` (work permit number) in the corresponding fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:404
msgid "Using the calendar selector, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expiration Date`, and/or the :guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Date`, to enter the expiration date(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:407
msgid "If available, upload a digital copy of the :guilabel:`Work Permit` document. Click :guilabel:`Upload your file`, navigate to the work permit file in the file explorer, and click :guilabel:`Open`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:410
msgid ":guilabel:`Citizenship`: this section contains all the information relevant to the citizenship of the employee. Some fields use a drop-down menu, as the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and :guilabel:`Country of Birth` fields do."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:414
msgid "The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a calendar selector to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to select the date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:419
msgid "Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification No` (identification number), :guilabel:`Passport No` (passport number), and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:422
msgid "Lastly, if the employee is **not** a resident of the country they are working in, activate the checkbox next to the :guilabel:`Non-resident` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:426
msgid "Depending on the localization setting, other fields may be present. For example, for the United States, a :guilabel:`SSN No` (Social Security Number) field is present."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:432
msgid "HR settings tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:434
msgid "This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the country the company is located. Different fields are configured for different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:438
msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: select an :guilabel:`Employee Type` and, if applicable, a :guilabel:`Related User`, with the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Employee Type` options include :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Trainee`, :guilabel:`Contractor`, or :guilabel:`Freelancer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:444
msgid "Employees do **not** also need to be users. *Employees* do **not** count towards the Odoo subscription billing, while *Users* **do** count towards billing. If the new employee should also be a user, the user **must** be created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:448
msgid "After the employee is created, click the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, then click :guilabel:`Create User`. A :guilabel:`Create User` form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:451
msgid "Type in the :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Email Address`. Next, select the :guilabel:`Company` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:454
msgid "Then, enter the :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Mobile` numbers in the respective fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:456
msgid "If a photo is available, click the :guilabel:`Edit` icon (which appears as a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon) in the lower-left corner of the image box, which is located in the top-right corner of the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:460
msgid "A file explorer pops up. Navigate to the file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` after all the information is entered, and the employee record is automatically updated with the newly-created user populating the :guilabel:`Related User field`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:465
msgid "Users can also be created manually. For more information on how to manually add a user, refer to the :doc:`../../general/users/manage_users` document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:468
msgid ":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale/Manufacturing`: the employee's :guilabel:`PIN Code` and :guilabel:`Badge ID` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a badge ID."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:472
msgid "The :guilabel:`PIN Code` is used to sign in and out of the *Attendance* app kiosk, and a :abbr:`POS (Point Of Sale)` system."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:474
msgid ":guilabel:`Payroll`: if applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee` in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:477
msgid "Depending on the localization setting, the other items that appear in this field vary based on location. In addition, other sections may appear in this tab based on location. It is recommended to check with the payroll and/or accounting departments to ensure this section, as well as any other sections relating to payroll that may appear, are filled in correctly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:481
msgid ":guilabel:`Application Settings`: enter the employee's :guilabel:`Billing Time Target` for the billing rate leader board in the *Timesheets* application. Next, enter the :guilabel:`Hourly Cost` in a XX.XX format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a :doc:`work center <../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:486
msgid "If applicable, enter the :guilabel:`Fleet Mobility Card` number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:489
msgid "Manufacturing costs are added to the costs for producing a product, if the value of the manufactured product is **not** a fixed amount. This cost does **not** affect the *Payroll* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:500
msgid "Documents"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:502
msgid "All employee-related documents are stored in the *Documents* app. The number of associated documents is displayed in the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button above the employee record. Click on the smart button to access all documents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:506
msgid "Refer to :doc:`documentation <../../finance/documents>` on the *Documents* app for more information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:-1
msgid "All uploaded documents associated with the employee appear in the documents smart-button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:7
msgid "Fleet"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet.rst:9
msgid "Odoo *Fleet* organizes all the vehicles, contracts, and repairs of all the vehicles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:3
msgid "Configuration menu"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:5
msgid "This document outlines all of the configurations and settings for the *Fleet* application, including :ref:`settings <fleet/configuration/settings>`, :ref:`manufacturers <fleet/configuration/manufacturers>`, :ref:`vehicle models <fleet/configuration/models>`, and :ref:`model categories <fleet/configuration/categories>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:15
msgid "To access the settings menu, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Settings`. There are two settings that need configuration, the vehicle contract end date alert delay, and a new vehicle request limit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1
msgid "Settings available for the Fleet application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:24
msgid "End Date Contract Alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:26
msgid "The :guilabel:`End Date Contract Alert` field defines an alert delay for the persons responsible for vehicle contracts. The responsible person(s) will receive an email informing them a vehicle contract is about to expire in the number of days defined in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:31
msgid "To determine who the responsible person is for a contract, open an individual contract. The person listed as :guilabel:`Responsible` under the :guilabel:`Contract Information` section of the contract is the person who will receive the alert."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:35
msgid "To access all contracts, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Contracts` and all contracts appear in the list. Click on a :guilabel:`Contract` to view it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:38
msgid "An individual contract can also be found by navigating to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Fleet` and clicking on an individual vehicle. On the vehicle form, click the :guilabel:`Contracts` smart button at the top of the page. The contract(s) associated with this vehicle only appears in the list. Click on an individual contract to open it. The :guilabel:`Responsible` person is listed on the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:45
msgid "New Vehicle Request"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:47
msgid "The :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field sets a limit on how many new vehicles are requested based on fleet availability. An employee filling out the salary configurator form (after being offered a position), will *not* be able to request a new car if the number of existing cars is greater than the number specified in the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` field. Enter the specific number limit for existing available cars in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:54
msgid "If the :guilabel:`New Vehicle Request` limit is set to 20 vehicles, and there are 25 vehicles available, an employee would not be able to request a new vehicle. If there are only 10 cars available, then the employee would be able to request a new vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:61
msgid "Manufacturers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:63
msgid "Odoo *Fleet* comes pre-configured with sixty-six commonly used car and bicycle manufacturers in the database, along with their logos. To view the pre-loaded manufacturers, go to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Manufacturers`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:67
msgid "The manufacturers appear in a list view in alphabetical order. Each manufacturer's card lists how many specific models are configured for each particular manufacturer. Odoo comes with forty six pre-configured :ref:`models <fleet/configuration/models>` from four major auto manufacturers and one major bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1
msgid "Manufacturer card with the amount of models listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:77
msgid "Add a manufacturer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:79
msgid "To add a new manufacturer to the database, click :guilabel:`Create`. A manufacturer form will load. Only two pieces of information are needed, the :guilabel:`Name` of the manufacturer, and the logo. Type the name of the manufacturer in the name field, and select an image to upload for the logo. When the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:87
msgid "Vehicle Models"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:89
msgid "Many manufacturers have a variety of models that they produce. When adding a vehicle to the fleet, it is important to specify the vehicle model being added. Odoo comes with pre-configured car models from four major auto manufacturers, and one pre-configured bicycle model from one bicycle manufacturer: Audi, BMW, Mercedes, Opel (cars), and Eddy Merckx (bicycle). If a vehicle *other* than the pre-configured models from these manufacturers are part of a fleet, the model (and/or manufacturer) will need to be added to the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:97
msgid "Preconfigured Models"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:99
msgid "The following models are pre-loaded in Odoo and do not need to be added to the database:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102
msgid "AUDI"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102
msgid "BMW"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102
msgid "Eddy Merckx"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102
msgid "Mercedes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:102
msgid "Opel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104
msgid "A1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104
msgid "Serie 1"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104
msgid "SanRemo76"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104
msgid "Class A"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:104
msgid "Agilia"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106
msgid "A3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106
msgid "Serie 3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106
msgid "Class B"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:106
msgid "Ampera"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108
msgid "A4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108
msgid "Serie 5"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108
msgid "Class C"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:108
msgid "Antara"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110
msgid "A5"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110
msgid "Serie 6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110
msgid "Class CL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:110
msgid "Astra"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112
msgid "A6"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112
msgid "Serie 7"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112
msgid "Class CLS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:112
msgid "AstraGTC"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114
msgid "A7"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114
msgid "Serie Hybrid"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114
msgid "Class E"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:114
msgid "Combo Tour"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116
msgid "A8"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116
msgid "Serie M"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116
msgid "Class GL"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:116
msgid "Corsa"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118
msgid "Q3"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118
msgid "Serie X"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118
msgid "Class GLK"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:118
msgid "Insignia"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120
msgid "Q5"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120
msgid "Serie Z4"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120
msgid "Class M"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:120
msgid "Meriva"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122
msgid "Q7"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122
msgid "Class R"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:122
msgid "Mokka"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124
msgid "TT"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124
msgid "Class S"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:124
msgid "Zafira"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126
msgid "Class SLK"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:126
msgid "Zafira Tourer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:128
msgid "Class SLS"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:134
msgid "Add a new model"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:136
msgid "New vehicle models can easily be added to the database. To add a new model, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Configuration --> Vehicle Models`. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a vehicle model form will load. Enter the following information on the form, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Be advised, some fields are specific to Belgian based companies, so not all fields or sections may be visible depending on the location of the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:142
msgid ":guilabel:`Model name`: enter the model name in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:143
msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacturer`: select the manufacturer from the drop-down menu. If the manufacturer is not configured, type in the manufacturer and then click :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:146
msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Type`: select one of two preconfigured vehicle types, either :guilabel:`Car` or :guilabel:`Bike`, from the drop-down menu. The vehicle types are hardcoded in Odoo and are integrated with the *Payroll* application since vehicles can be part of an employee's benefits. Adding additional vehicle types is not possible as it will affect payroll."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:150
msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category the vehicle is categorized under from the drop-down menu. To create a new category, type in the category and then click :guilabel:`Create (new category)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:155
msgid "When the manufacturer is selected, the logo for the manufacturer will automatically load in the image box in the top right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:159
msgid "Information tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:162
msgid "Model"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:164
msgid ":guilabel:`Seats Number`: enter how many passengers the vehicle can accommodate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Doors Number`: enter the number of doors the vehicle has."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:166
msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: enter the color of the vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Model Year`: enter the year the vehicle was manufactured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: check this box if the vehicle has a trailer hitch installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:171
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:390
msgid "Salary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:174
msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary` section only appears for Belgian-based companies, and only if the company has their localization setting set to Belgium. The cost values are all **monthly** with the exception of the :guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Can be requested`: check this box if employees can request this model vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the :abbr:`MSRP (Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price)` for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`C02 fee`: this value is automatically calculated based on Belgian laws and regulations, and cannot be modified. The value is based on the value entered in the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field in the :guilabel:`Engine` section of the vehicle form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:186
msgid "Modifying the :guilabel:`CO2 Emissions` field will adjust the value in the :guilabel:`CO2 fee` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)`: enter the monthly cost for the vehicle, which appears in the salary configurator that is available to a future employee when they are offered a job position. This value impacts the gross and net salary of the employee who is assigned to the vehicle. This figure is depreciated over time according to local tax laws. The :guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)` does not depreciate automatically on the *vehicle model*, it only depreciates based on the *contract* linked to a specific vehicle and not on the general model."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:195
msgid ":guilabel:`Total Cost (Depreciated)`: this value is the :guilabel:`Cost (Depreciated)` and the :guilabel:`C02 fee` fields combined, and also is depreciated over time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:199
msgid "Engine"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:201
msgid ":guilabel:`Fuel Type`: select the type of fuel the vehicle uses form the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Diesel`, :guilabel:`Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Diesel`, :guilabel:`Plug-in Hybrid Gasoline`, :guilabel:`CNG`, :guilabel:`LPG`, :guilabel:`Hydrogen`, or :guilabel:`Electric`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:205
msgid ":guilabel:`CO2 Emissions`: enter the average carbon dioxide emissions the vehicle produces in grams per kilometer (g/km). This information is provided by the car manufacturer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:207
msgid ":guilabel:`CO2 Standard`: enter the standard amount of carbon dioxide in grams per kilometer (g/km) for a similar sized vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:209
msgid ":guilabel:`Transmission`: select the transmission type from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Manual` or :guilabel:`Automatic`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:211
msgid ":guilabel:`Power`: if the vehicle is electric or hybrid, enter the power the vehicle uses in kilowatts (kW)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower`: enter the vehicle's horsepower in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:214
msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the size of the vehicle's engine. This is determined by local taxes and regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Deduction`: this field auto-populates according to the engine specifications, and cannot be modified. The percentage is based on the localization settings and local tax laws."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:221
msgid "Vendors tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:223
msgid "Vehicle specific vendors, such as car dealerships, are not listed separately from other vendors. The vendors that a vehicle can be purchased from also appear in the list of vendors used by the *Purchase* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:227
msgid "The vendor(s) the vehicle can be purchased from may be added in this tab. To add a vendor, click :guilabel:`Add`, and a pop-up loads with a list of all the vendors currently in the database. Select the vendor to add by clicking the checkbox next to the vendor name, then click :guilabel:`Select`. There is no limit to the number of vendors that can be added to this list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:232
msgid "If a vendor is not in the database, add a vendor by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. A vendor form will load. Enter the information in the vendor tab, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to add the vendor and close the window, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to add the current vendor and create another new vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1
msgid "Vendor form to fill out when adding a new vendor."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:244
msgid "Model Category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:246
msgid "To best organize a fleet, it is recommended to have vehicle models housed under a specific category, to more easily see what kinds of vehicles are in the fleet. Model categories are set on the :ref:`vehicle model form <fleet/configuration/add-model>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:250
msgid "To view all the models currently set up, navigate to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Configuration --> Model Category`. All models are displayed in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:254
msgid "Add a new model category"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:256
msgid "To add a new category, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new entry line appears at the bottom of the list. Type in the new category, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:259
msgid "To reorganize how the categories appear in the list, click on the up and down arrows to the left of the category to be moved, and drag the line to the desired position. The order of the list does not affect the database in any way. However, it may be preferable to view the vehicle categories in a specific order, for example, by size, or the numbers of passengers the vehicle can carry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/configuration.rst:-1
msgid "List view of the models in the fleet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:3
msgid "Create new vehicles"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:5
msgid "Odoo's *Fleet* app manages all vehicles and the accompanying documentation that comes with vehicle maintenance and driver's records."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:8
msgid "All vehicles are organized on the main :guilabel:`Fleet` dashboard. Each vehicle has its own *vehicle form*, which is displayed as a card in the kanban view, according to it's status. Every vehicle form is displayed in its current corresponding kanban stage. The default stages are :guilabel:`New Request`, :guilabel:`To Order`, :guilabel:`Ordered`, :guilabel:`Registered`, :guilabel:`Downgraded`, :guilabel:`Reserve`, and :guilabel:`Waiting List`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:14
msgid "To add a new vehicle to the fleet, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a blank vehicle form loads. Enter the vehicle information in the vehicle form, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:18
msgid "Vehicle form fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:20
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: select the vehicle's model from the drop-down menu. If the model is not listed, type in the model name and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:22
msgid ":guilabel:`License Plate`: enter the vehicle's license plate number in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:23
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tags from the drop-down menu, or type in a new tag. There is no limit on the amount of tags that can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:27
msgid "The :guilabel:`Model` is the only required field on the new vehicle form. When a model is selected, other fields will appear on the vehicle form, and relevant information will auto-populate fields that apply to the model. If some of the fields do not appear, this may indicate there is no model selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:33
msgid "Driver section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:35
msgid "This section of the vehicle form relates to the person who is currently driving the car, as well as any plans for a change in the driver in the future, and when."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: select the driver from the drop-down menu, or type in a new driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Mobility Card`: if the selected driver has a mobility card listed on their employee card in the *Employees* application, the mobility card number will appear in this field. If there is no mobility card listed and one should be added, :ref:`edit the employee card <employees/hr-settings>` in the *Employees* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Future Driver`: if the next driver for the vehicle is known, select the next driver from the drop-down menu, or type in the next driver and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`Plan To Change Car`: if the current driver set for this vehicle plans to change their vehicle, either because they are waiting on a new vehicle that is being ordered, or this is a temporary vehicle assignment and they know which vehicle they will be driving next, check this box. If the current driver does not plan to change their vehicle and use this current vehicle, do not check this box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:52
msgid ":guilabel:`Assignment Date`: select the date the vehicle will be available for another driver using the drop-down calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. If this field is blank, this indicates the vehicle is currently available and can be reassigned to another driver. If it is populated, the vehicle will not be available to assign to another driver until the date entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:60
msgid "A driver does **not** have to be an employee, but a driver must be listed in the *Contacts* application. When creating a new driver, the driver is added to the *Contacts* application, not the *Employees* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:65
msgid "Vehicle section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:67
msgid "This section of the vehicle form relates to the physical vehicle, it's various properties, when it was added, where it is located, and who is managing it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Immatriculation Date`: select the date the vehicle is acquired using the drop-down calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Cancellation Date`: select the date the vehicle lease will expire, or when the vehicle will be no longer available, using the drop-down calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:74
msgid ":guilabel:`Chassis Number`: enter the chassis number in the field. This is known in some countries as the :abbr:`VIN (Vehicle Identification Number)` number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`Last Odometer`: enter the last known odometer reading in the number field. Using the drop-down menu next to the number field, select whether the odometer reading is in kilometers :guilabel:`(km)` or miles :guilabel:`(mi)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Fleet Manager`: select the fleet manager from the drop-down menu, or type in a new fleet manager and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: type in the location for the vehicle in the field. The most common scenario for when this field would be populated is if a company has several office locations. The typical office location where the vehicle is located would be the location entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:84
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the vehicle will be used for and associated with from the drop-down menu, or type in a new company and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:89
msgid "Creating a new company may cause a subscription price change depending on the current plan. Refer to `Odoo's pricing plan <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-plan>`_ for more details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:-1
msgid "The new vehicle form, showing the vehicle tax section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:97
msgid "Tax Info tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:100
msgid "Fiscality"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:102
msgid ":guilabel:`Horsepower Taxation`: enter the amount that is taxed based on the size of the vehicles engine. This is determined by local taxes and regulations, and varies depending on the location. It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure this value is correct."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:105
msgid ":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate`: this is the amount of non-deductible expenses for the vehicle. This amount is not counted towards any deductions on a tax return or as an allowable expense when calculating taxable income. It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure the value(s) entered are correct."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:110
msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: enter the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`(%) Percentage` for when the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense Rate` value goes into effect. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to enter a date. Click on the blank line to display a calendar. Select the date by navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day. Enter the percentage that is disallowed in the :guilabel:`% (percent)` field to the right of the date. The percentage should be entered in an XX.XX format. Repeat this for all entries needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:119
msgid "Contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`First Contract Date`: select the start date for the vehicle's first contract using the drop-down calendar. Typically this is the day the vehicle is purchased or leased."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Catalog Value (VAT Incl.)`: enter the MSRP (Manufacturer's Suggested Retail Price) for the vehicle at the time of purchase or lease."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Value`: enter the purchase price or the value of the lease for the vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Residual Value`: enter the current value of the vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:129
msgid "The values listed above will affect the accounting department. It is recommended to check with the accounting department for more information and/or assistance with these values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:137
msgid "Model tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:139
msgid "If the model for the new vehicle is already configured in the database, the :guilabel:`Model` tab will be populated with the corresponding information. If the model is not already in the database and the :guilabel:`Model` tab needs to be configured, :ref:`configure the new vehicle model <fleet/configuration/add-model>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:144
msgid "Check the information in the :guilabel:`Model` tab to ensure it is accurate. For example, the color of the vehicle, or whether there is a trailer hitch installed or not, are examples of information that may need updating."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:153
msgid "Note tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/new_vehicle.rst:155
msgid "Enter any notes for the vehicle in this section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:3
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:5
msgid "To properly maintain a fleet of vehicles, regular maintenance as well as periodic repairs are needed. Scheduling repairs and managing services for an entire fleet is necessary to ensure all vehicles are in good working order when they are needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:10
msgid "Create a service record"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:12
msgid "To log a service, go to the main services dashboard by navigating to :menuselection:`Fleet app --> Fleet --> Services`. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a service form appears. Fill in the information on the form and click :guilabel:`Save`. The only two fields that are required to be populated are :guilabel:`Service Type` and :guilabel:`Vehicle`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:17
msgid "The fields are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:19
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter in a short description of the service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:20
msgid ":guilabel:`Service Type`: select the type of service performed from the drop-down menu, or type in a new type of service and click either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...`. This list is not pre-configured in Odoo. When creating a fleet and logging a service, the types of service need to be created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:24
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: using the calendar module, select the date the service was provided or is scheduled to be performed. Navigate to the desired month using the left and right arrow icons, then click on the date to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:27
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: enter the cost of the service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:28
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: select the vendor who performed the service from the drop-down menu. If the vendor has not already been entered in the system, type in the vendor name and click either :guilabel:`Create` to add them, or :guilabel:`Create & Edit...` to create the vendor and edit the vendor form. The vendor form allows for other details aside form the name to be entered, such as contact information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: select the vehicle that was serviced from the drop-down menu. When the vehicle is selected, the :guilabel:`Driver` field is populated, and the unit of measure for the :guilabel:`Mileage` field appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: the current driver listed for the selected vehicle is populated when the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected. If the driver needs to be changed, another driver can be selected from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:39
msgid ":guilabel:`Odometer Value`: enter the odometer reading when the service was done. The units of measure will either be in kilometers (:guilabel:`km`) or miles (:guilabel:`mi`). When the :guilabel:`Vehicle` is selected, the units of measure is populated. This comes from the vehicle form. To change from kilometers to miles, or vice versa, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button next to the vehicle selected in the :guilabel:`Vehicle` field. Change the unit of measure, then click :guilabel:`Save`. the unit of measure will be updated in the :guilabel:`Odometer Value` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:46
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: enter any notes for the repair in the notes tab at the bottom of the service form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1
msgid "Enter the information for a new service. The required fields are Service Type and Vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:54
msgid "List of services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:56
msgid "To view all services logged in the database, including old and new requests, go to :menuselection:`Fleet application --> Fleet --> Services`. All services appear in a list view, including all the details for each service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:60
msgid "Each service listed displays the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: the date service or repair was performed or is requested to be performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: a short description of the specific type of service or repair performed to clarify the specific service."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Service Type`: the service or repair performed. This is selected from a list of services that must be configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle`: the specific vehicle the service was performed on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:68
msgid ":guilabel:`Driver`: who the current driver is for the vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the specific vendor who performed the service or repair."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the total cost for the service or repair."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: any information associated with the service or repair that is documented to add clarification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Stage`: the status of the service or repair. Options are :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`Running`, :guilabel:`Canceled`, or :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1
msgid "The full list of services in the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:81
msgid "View services"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:83
msgid "It is recommended to view the list of services in one of several pre-configured ways to better view the information presented. In the top right corner of the list, there are several icons that when clicked, sort the data in different ways."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1
msgid "The icons in the top right corner than cn be clicked to present the information in\n"
"different ways."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:93
msgid "List view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:95
msgid "The default view of the services is the list view. This presents all the services in chronological order, from oldest to newest, in a list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:98
msgid "The information can be sorted by any column. At the top of each column, hover over the column name. An arrow appears to the right of the name. Click the arrow to sort the data by that specific column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:101
msgid "The default sorting is descending alphabetical order (A to Z). Click the arrow again to reverse the order, and go in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A). The one exception to this sorting is the default :guilabel:`Date` column, which sorts the information in chronological order (January to December) instead of alphabetical order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:107
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:33
msgid "Kanban view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:109
msgid "To view services by their stage, click on the :guilabel:`Kanban icon`, which is the second icon in the top right, and appears as four black squares in a cube."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:112
msgid "All the services with the same status appear in the corresponding column, from :guilabel:`Running` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`. To change the status of a service, simply click and drag the service card to the desired stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:117
msgid "Graph view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:119
msgid "Another way to view the data is in a graph. To view the graph, click the :guilabel:`Graph icon`, which is the third icon in the top right, and appears as a small graph."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:122
msgid "The graph displays the information in a graph where the X axis represents the :guilabel:`Date` and the Y axis represents the :guilabel:`Cost`. Each column represents a single month, and then is further organized by vehicle. Each vehicle is represented by a different color, and each month's bar is divided by each vehicle."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:128
msgid "Pivot view"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:130
msgid "The final way to view the service data is in a spreadsheet pivot table. Click on the :guilabel:`Pivot icon`, which is the last icon in the top right, and appears as a small spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:133
msgid "The data presented in the table shows the cost of each service or repair. The rows represent the vendors, and each vehicle that was serviced by them appears beneath each vendor. The column represent the different service types performed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:137
msgid "The table can be inserted in a spreadsheet or downloaded. To add the pivot table to a spreadsheet in Odoo, click :guilabel:`Insert In Spreadsheet` and a pop-up appears. Select the spreadsheet the data should be added to from the drop-down menu, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`. The spreadsheet then loads on the screen. The spreadsheets are stored in Odoo's *Documents* application. To download the table in an `xlsx` format, click the :guilabel:`Download` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/service.rst:-1
msgid "Download the pivot table to an xlsx file, or insert the data in a spreadsheet in Odoo's\n"
"Documents application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:3
msgid "Frontdesk"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:5
msgid "The Odoo *Frontdesk* application provides a way for visitors to check in to a building or location, and alert the person they are meeting about their arrival. Additionally, they can request a pre-configured beverage to be brought to them, while they wait."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:9
msgid "This application is ideal for businesses that do **not** have someone working at a reception desk, locations **without** a designated waiting area available to guests and visitors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:15
msgid "The first item to configure with the *Frontdesk* application is the station, followed by any drink selections that might optionally be offered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:19
msgid "Stations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:21
msgid "In Odoo's *Frontdesk* application, a *Station* can be thought of as any location where someone can sign in and wait for an employee. This is typically some form of waiting room, such as a lobby. Each station has a kiosk where visitors check in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:25
msgid "When setting up the *Frontdesk* application, a minimum of one station **must** be configured, but there is no limit to how many stations can be created and configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:28
msgid "To create a station, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, and click :guilabel:`New`. When clicked, a blank frontdesk form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:31
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:881
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:54
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:414
msgid "Enter the following information on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:33
msgid ":guilabel:`Frontdesk Name`: enter a name for the specific frontdesk location. This should be short and easily identifiable, such as `Reception Desk` or `Main Lobby`. This field is required in order to create a station."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsibles`: select the person (or persons) who are alerted when a visitor checks in using this specific frontdesk. Multiple selections can be entered. This field is required in order to create a station."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:39
msgid ":guilabel:`Kiosk URL`: this field auto-populates once the frontdesk form is saved, with at least the :guilabel:`Frontdesk Name` and :guilabel:`Responsibles` fields filled. To save manually, click the :guilabel:`(cloud with upward arrow)` icon, located at the top of the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:43
msgid "Once saved, a URL is generated in the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` field. This URL is one way the frontdesk kiosk is accessed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:46
msgid "To access the kiosk, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the URL, and navigate to that URL in a web browser. This URL opens that specific station's frontdesk sign-in page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:50
msgid "To add an image/photo to a frontdesk form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:53
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:166
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:182
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to open a file explorer, navigate to the desired image/photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:56
msgid "The image selected for the station photo appears as the background image for the station kiosk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:59
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:609
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Host Selection`: if the visitor is attending a meeting, this option allows the visitor to select the meeting host from a presented list, and notify that individual. When enabled, additional fields appear, as detailed below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Authenticate Guest`: if additional information is required when a guest checks in, enable this option, and select which of the following are required:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: select whether the guest's email address is :guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: select whether the guest's phone number is :guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Organization`: select whether the guest's organization is :guilabel:`Required`, :guilabel:`Optional`, or if the information is not requested at all (:guilabel:`None`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`Theme`: select the color mode of the kiosk. Choose either :guilabel:`Light` or :guilabel:`Dark`. The :guilabel:`Light` selection displays a pale gray background on the kiosk, whereas the :guilabel:`Dark` selection displays a dark gray and black background."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Self Check-In`: enable this option to present a check-in QR code on the kiosk. The QR code allows guests to check in using their mobile device, instead of using the kiosk. This option is recommended for a busy kiosk with multiple guests checking in at any time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Offer Drinks`: enable this option to offer guests a drink upon check in. If this option is enabled, it is necessary to :ref:`configure the drinks being offered <frontdesk/drinks>`, via the :guilabel:`Configure Drinks` link that appears when the option is enabled. Once all drink options are configured, select each drink to be offered using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:88
msgid "The following options are only visible in the :guilabel:`Options` tab if the :ref:`Host Selection <frontdesk/host>` option is enabled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:91
msgid ":guilabel:`Notify by email`: enable this option to have an email sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an :guilabel:`Email Template` field appears beneath, with the default :guilabel:`Frontdesk Email Template` selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:95
msgid "To change the default email template, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, then select another email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:98
msgid "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any edits to the template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Notify by SMS`: enable this option to have an SMS (text) message sent to the person the guest is visiting upon check in. When enabled, an :guilabel:`SMS Template` field appears beneath, with the default :guilabel:`Frontdesk SMS Template` selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:104
msgid "To change the default SMS template, click the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`SMS Template` field, and select another SMS template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:107
msgid "To modify the currently selected template, click the :guilabel:`Internal link (arrow)` icon at the end of the line, and make any desired edits to the content of the template. The SMS message may have a maximum of 242 characters, which fits in 4 SMS (UNICODE) messages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:110
msgid ":guilabel:`Notify by Discuss`: this option is enabled by default when the :guilabel:`Host Selection` option is enabled. This option opens a *Discuss* application message window with the person the guest is visiting upon check in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:114
msgid "When enabled, a default message appears for the person the guest is visiting. The *Discuss* application **must** be installed in order for this option to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:118
msgid "*Discuss* is installed by default when creating an Odoo database, and does not count towards billing. As long as the *Discuss* application is not intentionally uninstalled, the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option works."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:123
msgid "The default message format for the :guilabel:`Notify by Discuss` option is: `(Frontdesk Station) Check-In: (Guest Name) (Guest Phone Number) (Organization) to meet (Name of employee).`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:126
msgid "An example of how that might appear in a *Discuss* message is: `Main Lobby Check-In: John Doe (123-555-1234) (Odoo, Inc.) to meet Marc Demo.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:-1
msgid "Frontdesk station form with all the information filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:134
msgid "Side Message tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:136
msgid "Enter any desired text to appear on the station kiosk after a guest has checked in, such as a welcome greeting or any necessary instructions. The text appears on the confirmation page, on the right side of the screen after a guest has completed the check-in process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:143
msgid "Drinks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:145
msgid "After a station is created, the next step is to configure the drinks to offer visitors, if desired. This step is **not** necessary or required for the *Frontdesk* application to work, and only needs to be configured if drinks are offered to guests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:149
msgid "To add a drink option, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Drinks`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Doing so reveals a blank drink form to configure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:152
msgid "Enter the following information on the drink form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:154
msgid ":guilabel:`Drink Name`: type the name of the drink option in this field. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:155
msgid ":guilabel:`People to Notify`: use the drop-down menu in this field to select who is notified when the drink is selected. Multiple people can be entered in this field. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:157
msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a numerical value in this field to indicate where in the list of drink options this specific option appears. The lower the number, the higher on the list the drink appears. For example, entering the number one would place that drink at the top of the list, and appear first in the sequence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:179
msgid "To add an image/photo to a drink form, hover over the :guilabel:`(camera with a '+' sign)` icon in the top-right of the form to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:185
msgid "The image selected now appears in the picture field, and is set as the image for the drink."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:-1
msgid "Drink form with the information filled out for an espresso."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:176
msgid "Station dashboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:191
msgid "Visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:193
msgid "To access a complete list of visitors that are currently checked in, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:196
msgid "The visitors are listed in a list view, with the following details that were entered when they checked in:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:200
msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Planned or Checked-In` and :guilabel:`Today` filters appear in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:203
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the guest's name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:204
msgid ":guilabel:`Visitor Company`: the company the guest represents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:205
msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the guest's phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:206
msgid ":guilabel:`Drinks`: the drink the guest requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:207
msgid ":guilabel:`Host`: who the guest is waiting to see."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:208
msgid ":guilabel:`CheckIn`: the date and time the guest checked in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:209
msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout`: the date and time the guest checked out. As mentioned, in the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible. Guests with check-out times are only visible if the :guilabel:`Today` filter is not active."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:212
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: the amount of time the guest has been checked in for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Station`: the location of where the guest checked in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:214
msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: the status of the guest. The options are :guilabel:`Checked-In`, :guilabel:`Planned`, :guilabel:`Checked-Out`, or :guilabel:`Canceled`. In the default view, only guests with a :guilabel:`Checked-In` or :guilabel:`Planned` status are visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the guest's email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:219
msgid "To the far right of the titled columns on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page is an untitled column, where a guest's status can be updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:222
msgid "When a guest leaves, click the available :guilabel:`Check out` button to update the guest's record, and log the date and time they left."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:225
msgid "If a scheduled guest arrives, and they did not check in using the *Frontdesk* kiosk, they can be checked in here, by clicking the available :guilabel:`Check in` button to log the date and time they arrived."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:229
msgid "Beside the untitled status column a :guilabel:`Drink Served` button appears, but only if that particular visitor requested a drink."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:232
msgid "When their drink has been served, click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button to indicate the drink has been delivered to the guest. Once clicked, that button disappears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:-1
msgid "The full list of currently checked in visitors, with the drinks to be served highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:239
msgid "If any column is not visible, or if a visible column is preferred to be hidden, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options (two horizontal lines with dots)` icon, located at the end of the column name list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:243
msgid "Clicking that reveals a drop-down menu of column options to enable or disable. A :guilabel:`✅ (checkmark)` icon indicates the column is visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:247
msgid "Planned visitors"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:249
msgid "If a guest is expected to arrive at a future date and time, it is possible to enter their information into the *Frontdesk* application in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:252
msgid "To create a planned guest, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors --> New`. Then, enter the same information as any other :ref:`visitor <frontdesk/visitors>`. The only required fields are the visitor's :guilabel:`Name` and the :guilabel:`Station` at which they are expected to arrive."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:258
msgid "If a guest is planned in advance, they must be checked in from the list on the :guilabel:`Visitors` page in the *Frontdesk* application (:menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Visitors`). If a planned guest checks in using a kiosk, they will be checked in separately, and their planned visitor entry remains listed as :guilabel:`Planned`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:263
msgid "Only when a planned guest is checked in inside the application's visitor list, their :guilabel:`Planned` status changes to :guilabel:`Checked-In`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:266
msgid "If a guest does check in using a kiosk, ensure all records are current, and the list of currently on-site guests is correct. Be sure to check in and/or check out the correct entries, so the visitors list correctly reflects who is currently on the premises."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:270
msgid "Ensure planned guests are informed that they should **not** check in using the kiosk if they are listed as a planned guest in advance."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:274
msgid "Frontdesk flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:276
msgid "Set up each kiosk for use after configuring the various stations. It is recommended to use a dedicated device for each frontdesk kiosk, such as a tablet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:279
msgid "Navigate to the kiosk in one of two ways:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:281
msgid "Navigate to the main *Frontdesk* application dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`Open Desk` button on the desired station card. The kiosk loads in a new browser tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:283
msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Configuration --> Stations`, and click on the desired station. Then, click the :guilabel:`Copy` button at the end of the :guilabel:`Kiosk URL` line, and paste the URL into a new browser tab or window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:288
msgid "It is recommended to log out of the database, and close the tab, after navigating to the kiosk. That way, there is no possibility of a visitor accessing the database when checking-in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:292
msgid "Visitor flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:294
msgid "When a visitor arrives at a facility, they approach a frontdesk kiosk, and enter their information. The information requested is what was configured for that specific frontdesk station. If any information is required, the field displays a red asterisk (*). The visitor must enter the required information in order to check in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:299
msgid "Once all the information is entered, the visitor taps the :guilabel:`Check In` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:301
msgid "If drinks were configured for the station, after tapping :guilabel:`Check In`, a registration confirmation screen loads, along with the question: `Do you want something to drink?`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:304
msgid "The visitor can tap either :guilabel:`Yes, please`, or :guilabel:`No, thank you`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:306
msgid "If they select :guilabel:`Yes, please`, a drink selection screen appears, and the pre-configured options are listed. The visitor then taps the desired selection, or, if they do not want anything, they can tap the :guilabel:`Nothing, thanks` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:310
msgid "If a drink selection was made, a `Thank you for registering! Your drink is on the way.` message appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:313
msgid "At any point in the check-in process, if ten seconds pass with no selection, the kiosk returns to the main welcome screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:316
msgid "Once the visitor has checked in, the person they are visiting, and any other users who were configured to be notified when checks ins occur at the kiosk, are notified. The notification is either by email, SMS message, a *Discuss* chat, or any combination of those three options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:320
msgid "If the visitor requested a drink, the user(s) configured as the :guilabel:`People to Notify` on the drink form, are notified via the *Discuss* application. The message that appears is: `(Visitor Name) just checked-in. They requested (Drink Name).`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:324
msgid "Once the drink has been delivered to the guest, the person who delivered the drink is responsible for marking the drink as delivered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:327
msgid "To mark a drink as delivered, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Stations --> (#) Drinks to serve` on the desired station card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:330
msgid "This opens a list of all the visitors checked in at that station, and are waiting for a drink. Click the :guilabel:`Drink Served` button at the end of the line for the visitor who was served. Once they are marked as having their drink served, the visitor disappears from the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:334
msgid "Once the visitor has completed their business, and has left the premises, it is important to check them out for accurate record keeping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:337
msgid "To check visitors out properly, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Stations --> (#) On Site`. Doing so opens a list of all the visitors who are currently checked-in at that station."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:340
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Check Out` button near the end of the line for the visitor who left. Once they are marked as checked-out, the visitor disappears from the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:344
msgid "Visitors do **not** check themselves out when they leave. It is important to check out visitors for accurate record keeping."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:347
msgid "Always have an accurate list of who is on the premises at any given time. This is important for security purposes, and in the case of an emergency."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:353
msgid "The *Frontdesk* application has two reports available: :guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:355
msgid "To access either of these reports, navigate to :menuselection:`Frontdesk app --> Reporting` to reveal a drop-down menu containing the options: :guilabel:`Visitors` and :guilabel:`Drinks`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:358
msgid "The :guilabel:`Visitors` report displays the number of visitors by month, for the current year. The :guilabel:`Drinks` report shows how many total requests were made for each drink."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:361
msgid "As with all reports in Odoo, the filters and groups can be modified to show other metrics, as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:39
msgid "Payroll"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:7
msgid "Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for employees. *Payroll* works in conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Time Off*, *Attendances*, and *Planning*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:10
msgid "The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when validating work entries. It also handles country-specific localizations to ensure payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary assignments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17
msgid "Configure the *Payroll* app by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Settings`. The various settings for accounting, localizations, time off, alerts, and payslips are specified here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:22
msgid "Accounting"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:24
msgid "The accounting section of the configuration menu relates to three options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:26
msgid ":guilabel:`Payroll Entries`: enable this option to post payroll slips in accounting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:27
msgid ":guilabel:`Payroll SEPA`: enable this option to create SEPA payments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:28
msgid ":guilabel:`Batch Account Move Lines`: enable this option to have a single account move line created from all the accounting entries from the same period. This disables the generation of single payments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:33
msgid "Localizations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35
msgid "*Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in Odoo at the creation of the database, which account for all taxes, fees, and allowances for that particular country."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:38
msgid "The :guilabel:`Localization` section of the *Payroll* app :guilabel:`Settings` page may include specific settings that need to be set for the specific locality. This selection also provides a detailed view of all benefits provided to employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42
msgid "The settings and options shown in this section varies, depending on the localization enabled for the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:46
msgid "It is **not** recommended to alter the localization settings, unless specifically required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49
msgid "Odoo can handle a multi-company configuration. This is generally done when there is a main company or office location, such as a headquarters, and there are other offices/branches around the country or globe, that fall under that main company or headquarters. In Odoo, each company, including the headquarters, would be set up as their own company/branch using the multi-company method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:55
msgid "Each individual company can have a different localization setting configured for that specific company, since company locations can vary and be located anywhere in the world, where rules and laws differ."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:59
msgid "For more information on companies, refer to the :doc:`Companies <../general/users/companies>` documentation, which covers how to set up companies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:63
msgid "Time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Deferred Time Off`: if time off is taken after payslips are validated, the time off needs to be applied to the following pay period. Select the person responsible for validating these specific time off situations using the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70
msgid "An employee is paid on the 15th of the month and the last day of the month. Payslips are typically processed a day before."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:73
msgid "If an employee's payslip is approved and processed on the 30th, but that same employee takes an unexpected sick day on the 31st, the time off needs to be logged."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:76
msgid "Since the employee is already paid for a regular work day on the 31st, to keep the time off balances correct, the sick day is moved/applied to the 1st of the next month (the next pay period)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Expiration Notice Period`: enter the number of :guilabel:`Days` before a contract expires, and Odoo notifies the responsible person about the upcoming expiration at that time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Permit Expiration Notice Period`: enter the number of :guilabel:`Days` before a work permit expires, and Odoo notifies the responsible person about the upcoming expiration at that time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:89
msgid ":guilabel:`Payslip PDF Display`: enable this option to have payslips display a PDF file on the payslip form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3
msgid "Contracts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97
msgid "In order for an employee to be paid, they **must** have an active contract for a specific type of employment. Creating and viewing contract templates, and creating and viewing employment types, is possible from this section of the configuration header menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:102
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:104
msgid "Contract templates are used with the *Recruitment* application when sending an offer to a candidate. The contract template forms the basis of an offer, and can be modified for specific candidates or employees, when necessary. If a contract template is created or modified in the *Payroll* application, the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:109
msgid "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click anywhere on the line to open the contract form. The contract template can be modified from this form. Proceed to make any desired changes to the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:117
msgid "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, enter the following information on the blank contract template form that appears:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the *Recruitment* application, as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:122
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule <payroll/new-working-schedule>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. Choices are either:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the selected working schedule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:128
msgid ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to the :ref:`Attendances <attendances/check-in>` documentation for information on checking in and out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's planning in the *Planning* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:134
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type <payroll/structure-types>` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:136
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all departments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position <payroll/job-positions>` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all job positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140
msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:141
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types <payroll/employment-types>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143
msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:145
msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a new employee has to sign to accept an offer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document that a current employee has to sign to update their contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:155
msgid "Salary information tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:157
msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159
msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Semi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:163
msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. It is recommended to populate the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` field *first*, since that entry updates this field automatically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:166
msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)` is automatically updated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172
msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other two fields automatically update to reflect the change. It is best practice to check these three fields if any modifications have been made, to ensure they are accurate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:182
msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184
msgid "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:187
msgid "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health insurance benefits, and commuter benefits."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:190
msgid "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:196
msgid "Employment types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:198
msgid "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: Employment Types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:201
msgid "The employment types are presented in a list view on the :guilabel:`Employment Types` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203
msgid "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, :guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:206
msgid "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Employment Types` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209
msgid "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the :guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select the country using the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Country` column. If a country is selected, then the employment type is *only* applicable for that specific country."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:214
msgid "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, and drag the line to the desired position on the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3
msgid "Work entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225
msgid "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230
msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries <payroll/work_entries>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233
msgid "Work entry types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:235
msgid "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is automatically created based on localization settings set in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:240
msgid "To view the current work entry types available, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry Types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:243
msgid "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll code and color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:251
msgid "New work entry type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:253
msgid "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:717
msgid "General information section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:259
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261
msgid ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a code to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:264
msgid ":guilabel:`DMFA code`: this code is used to identify :abbr:`DMFA (De Multifunctionele Aangifte)` entries on a corresponding :abbr:`DMFA (De Multifunctionele Aangifte)` report. The :abbr:`DMFA (De Multifunctionele Aangifte)` report is a quarterly report that Belgian-based companies are required to submit for social security reporting purposes. This report states the work done by the employees during the quarter, as well as the salaries paid to those employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269
msgid ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272
msgid ":guilabel:`SDWorx code`: this code is only for companies that use SDWorx, a payroll service provider."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:274
msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277
msgid "Display in payslip section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279
msgid ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:282
msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: a timesheet entry is not modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283
msgid ":guilabel:`Half Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:284
msgid ":guilabel:`Day`: a timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day amount."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:287
msgid "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains 5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 hours."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:293
msgid "Unpaid section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:295
msgid ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work would be logged on a timesheet but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid training, or volunteer work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:301
msgid "Valid for advantages section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:303
msgid ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal voucher, check the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304
msgid ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards representation fees, check the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306
msgid ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count towards a private car reimbursement, check the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310
msgid "Time off options section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312
msgid ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:315
msgid "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific type of time off, such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours`, for example."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:319
msgid "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:321
msgid ":guilabel:`Keep Time Off Right`: this is for Belgian-specific companies **only**, and does **not** appear for other localizations. Check this box if the work entry is for time off that affects the time off benefits for the following year. Workers are given time off each year, according to the government, and in some cases, time off taken during a specific time period can affect how much time off the employee receives or accrues the following year."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:328
msgid "Reporting section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:330
msgid ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the unforeseen absences report, check this box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:340
msgid "Working schedules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342
msgid "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are found in this list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346
msgid "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one company, the company column is not available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:350
msgid "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:353
msgid "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363
msgid "New working schedule"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365
msgid "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:368
msgid "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and times that apply to the new working time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:372
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, :guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are modified by typing in the time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:378
msgid "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:381
msgid "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top left. This creates entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "New working schedule form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:395
msgid "Structure types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:397
msgid "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403
msgid "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:409
msgid "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structure Types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:412
msgid "There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`. Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422
msgid "New structure type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:424
msgid "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank structure type form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427
msgid "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:430
msgid ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such as `Employee` or `Worker`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:432
msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies to from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:434
msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses, either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:437
msgid "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:440
msgid "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:442
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:446
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created <new-default-working-hours>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:451
msgid ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:452
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: select the default type of work entry the new structure type falls under from the drop-down menu. The default options include :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, :guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, :guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`, :guilabel:`Extra Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458
msgid "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461
msgid "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options in addition to the default options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:471
msgid "New default working hours"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:473
msgid "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form pops up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours by day and time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:479
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 Hours/Week`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:481
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default working hours from the drop-down menu. Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484
msgid ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:488
msgid ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default working hours from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490
msgid ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what types of benefits an employee can receive, based on their employment status (full-time vs part-time)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and `100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:498
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each day divided into three timed sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:502
msgid "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:505
msgid "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of the times, type in the desired time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:508
msgid "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:512
msgid "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` button at the top of the new default working hours form. This changes the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab to display two weeks of working times that can be adjusted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:518
msgid "Structures"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:520
msgid "*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523
msgid "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated. For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a `Bonus`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:527
msgid "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:530
msgid "Each :ref:`structure type <payroll/structure-types>` lists the various structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that define it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "All available salary structures."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:537
msgid "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are what calculate the payslip for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary Rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:545
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:191
msgid "Rules"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:547
msgid "Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect actions in the *Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:551
msgid "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view all the rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:554
msgid "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter the following information in the fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558
msgid "Top section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:560
msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:561
msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:563
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code to use as this affects accounting reports and payroll processing. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566
msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated in the sequence of all other rules."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:568
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:570
msgid ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. Disable the toggle to hide the rule without deleting it in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:572
msgid ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on employee payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:573
msgid ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the *Payroll* app dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:575
msgid ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on payroll reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583
msgid "General tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586
msgid "Conditions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:588
msgid ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is entered beneath the selection). This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594
msgid "Computation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:596
msgid ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:602
msgid "Company contribution"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:604
msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this rule, select the company from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:802
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:610
msgid "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. This tab only appears in the rule form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:614
msgid "Accounting tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:616
msgid ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:617
msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:618
msgid ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: tick the checkbox to delete the value of this rule in the `Net Salary` rule."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:622
msgid "Rule parameters"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:625
msgid "Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rule Parameters` menu is still in development and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation will be updated when this section has matured to more markets."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:631
msgid "Other input types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:633
msgid "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These other inputs can be configured by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creating a new entry for\n"
"a payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642
msgid "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the :guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:647
msgid "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive to a specific structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A new Input Type form filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:656
msgid "Salary attachment types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:658
msgid "Salary attachments, also thought of as \"wage garnishments\", are portions of earnings taken out of a payslip for something specific. Much like all other aspects of payroll configurations, the types of salary attachments **must** be defined."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:662
msgid "To view the currently configured salary attachments, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Salary Attachment Types`. The default salary attachment types are :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, :guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`Child Support`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:666
msgid "To make a new type of salary attachment, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, enter the :guilabel:`Name`, the :guilabel:`Code` (used in the salary rules to compute payslips), and decide if it should have :guilabel:`No End Date`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A new salary attachment form filled in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:675
msgid "Salary package configurator"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:677
msgid "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Benefits`, :guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can be offered to an employee in their salary package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:682
msgid "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant applies for a job on the company website, the sections under :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:688
msgid "Benefits"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:690
msgid "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:694
msgid "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`, and the benefit listed for a particular structure type is only available for that specific structure."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:703
msgid "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type contains the benefit of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has a meal voucher benefit available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707
msgid "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type would have meal voucher benefits available to them, not the use of a company car."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711
msgid "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information in the fields on the blank benefits form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:714
msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:719
msgid ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720
msgid ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of benefit this is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:721
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu the type of cost incurred by the company for this specific benefit. The default options are :guilabel:`Calendar Changed`, :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`, :guilabel:`Extra Time Off`, :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`, :guilabel:`Part Time`, :guilabel:`Wage`, :guilabel:`Wage with Holidays`, and :guilabel:`Work time rate`. Depending on the localization settings, additional options are available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:726
msgid ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Cash`, :guilabel:`Yearly Benefits in Cash`, or :guilabel:`Non Financial Benefits`. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730
msgid ":guilabel:`Benefit Field`: select from the drop-down menu the specific field on the contract the benefit appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:732
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select the specific field on the contract that the cost of the benefit is linked to, using the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the cost of the benefit is not computed in the employee budget."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:735
msgid ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should impact the employee's net salary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:737
msgid ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:739
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:742
msgid "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:747
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Percent`, or :guilabel:`Currency`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:755
msgid "Display section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:757
msgid ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in the salary package configurator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:759
msgid ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, :guilabel:`Dropdown`, :guilabel:`Dropdown Group`, :guilabel:`Slider`, :guilabel:`Radio Buttons`, :guilabel:`Manual Input`, or :guilabel:`Text`. This field is required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:764
msgid "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio buttons must be entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:766
msgid ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library <https://fontawesome.com/v4/icons/>`_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter the text code for the icon in this field. For example, to display a suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:769
msgid ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit description if the benefit is not selected by the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:771
msgid ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following fields appear when this is active:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:774
msgid ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:775
msgid ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then this benefit becomes visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:779
msgid "Activity section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:781
msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783
msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the :guilabel:`Contract is countersigned`. Click the radio button next to the desired selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:786
msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or :guilabel:`When the benefit is modified`. Click the radio button next to the desired selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:789
msgid ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically assigned to, using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:793
msgid "Sign section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:795
msgid ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:798
msgid "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:804
msgid "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:807
msgid "Personal info"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:809
msgid "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal information, resume, work information, and documents."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:813
msgid "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are hired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:817
msgid "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, and click on the employee's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:821
msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:823
msgid "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Personal Info`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A list of all the personal information that appears on the employee card to enter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831
msgid "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the :guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form that appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:834
msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:836
msgid "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and :guilabel:`Category`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:839
msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is related to a bank account, instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:843
msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is stored in the backend. Then, select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:848
msgid "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851
msgid "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be entered in a variety of ways, like a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, and more."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "New personal information entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:863
msgid "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when offering a position to potential employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:866
msgid "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:869
msgid "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:872
msgid "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`None`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:875
msgid "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:878
msgid "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank :guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:883
msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:884
msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefits`, :guilabel:`Yearly Benefits`, and :guilabel:`Total`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:888
msgid "New categories can be made if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:890
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Yearly`. Last, enter a number for the sequence. This corresponds to where this rule appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:895
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896
msgid ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added in the monthly total calculation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either :guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901
msgid ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a monetary value awarded that is based upon another metric, such as commissions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906
msgid ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, :guilabel:`Contract Value`, :guilabel:`Payslip Value`, :guilabel:`Sum of Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:909
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:916
msgid "Jobs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:918
msgid "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:924
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3
msgid "Job positions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:926
msgid "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position is added in the *Recruitment* application, it is also visible in the *Payroll* application, and vice versa."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:930
msgid "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:933
msgid "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1
msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:940
msgid "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:942
msgid "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in the *Recruitment* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:945
msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details on how to fill out this form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:949
msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:950
msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:951
msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:952
msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5
msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, their working hours, and any other details about their position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10
msgid "Contract documents (PDFs) are uploaded and organized using the *Documents* application, and are signed using the *Sign* application. Ensure these applications are installed in order to send and sign contracts. Please refer to the :doc:`/applications/finance/documents` and :doc:`/applications/finance/sign` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:15
msgid "To view the employee contracts, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Employees --> Contracts` from the top menu. All employee contracts, and their current contract status, are displayed in a default kanban view. The default view displays both running contracts and contracts that need action. Expired and canceled contracts are hidden in the default view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Contracts dashboard view showing running contracts and contracts with issues."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:25
msgid "The list of contracts in the *Payroll* application matches the list of contracts in the *Employees* application. The default contracts view in the *Payroll* application displays running contracts and contracts needing attention, while the default contracts view in the *Employees* application displays all contracts in a kanban view, organized by their stage, regardless of status. All contracts can be viewed by changing the filters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:32
msgid "Create a new contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:34
msgid "In order for an employee to be paid, an active contract is required. If a new contract is needed, click the :guilabel:`Create` button on the contracts dashboard. A contract form appears where the information can be entered. Required fields are underlined in bold."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Contact Reference`: Type in the name or title for the contract, such as `John Smith Contract`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company the contract applies to by clicking on the drop-down menu. A new company can be created by typing the name in the field, then clicking either :guilabel:`Create` to create the new company, or :guilabel:`Create and Edit` to create the new company and edit the company details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are :guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A new salary structure type can be created by typing the name in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: The date the contract starts. Choose a date by clicking on the drop-down menu, navigating to the correct month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then clicking on the :guilabel:`date`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the working schedules from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60
msgid "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times` and either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time or click on an existing working time and edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:68
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Name of the employee that the contract applies to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: The department the contract applies to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: The specific job position the contract applies to."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Choose from :guilabel:`CDI`, :guilabel:`CDD`, or :guilabel:`PFI` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:74
msgid ":guilabel:`CDI` is an open-ended contract with only a start date but no end date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`CDD` is a contract with both a start date and an end date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`PFI` is a Belgian-specific contract used when hiring employees that need training, and covers the training period specifically."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`: If the contract has a specific end date, click the drop-down menu, navigate to the correct month and year using the arrow icons, then click on the date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: If there is a specific person in HR that is responsible for the contract, select the person from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: This field allows a link between the contract and a specific analytic account for accounting purposes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87
msgid "Contract details"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:89
msgid "The contract details section allows for the addition and editing of a contract, and the ability to send the contract to the employee for approval and signatures."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Contract details in optional tabs for a new contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Select a pre-existing contract template from the drop-down menu. Contract templates are typically created through the *Recruitment* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-down menu to be modified for this new employee contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: Select a contract from the drop-down menu if the employee has an existing contract that requires updating."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:102
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: The notes field is a text field where any notes for the employee contract can be entered for future reference."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106
msgid "Modifying a contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:108
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`External Link` button at the end of each line to open the corresponding contract template and make any changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:115
msgid "A pop-up window appears with all the contract details. Modify the fields for the contract as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Edit the details for the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: Select any tags associated with the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122
msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`: This is where the signatures are stored. Choose a pre-configured workspace or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`: Select or create any tags associated only with the signed contract as opposed to the original unsigned contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126
msgid ":guilabel:`Redirect Link`: Enter a redirect link for the employee to access the contract. A redirect link takes the user from one URL to another, in this case, to the newly updated contract specifically written for them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Who can Sign`: Select either :guilabel:`All Users` or :guilabel:`On Invitation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`All Users`: Any user in the organization can sign the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132
msgid ":guilabel:`On Invitation`: Only users selected in this field can sign the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134
msgid ":guilabel:`Invited Users`: Select the person(s) that can sign the document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:135
msgid ":guilabel:`Document`: The attached document can be replaced by clicking the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon. A pop-up window appears so another document can be selected for upload. The file must be a PDF. To remove the document, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139
msgid "Once the edits are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button. All the information for the selected contract template populates the fields in the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab. Any additional tabs, such as :guilabel:`Personal Documents`, appears if applicable."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:144
msgid "Salary information"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Optional tabs for a new contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150
msgid "This section is where the specific salary details are defined. This section is country-specific, so depending on where the company is located, these fields may vary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:153
msgid "Enter the amount in the various fields, or check a box to apply a benefit. Some options that can be entered here include :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, :guilabel:`Fuel Card`, :guilabel:`Internet`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:157
msgid "Some fields may be automatically filled in based off of the contracts selected in the :guilabel:`Contract Details` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161
msgid "Attachment of salary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163
msgid "Any automatic deductions or allocations for an employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments, are referred to as a *salary attachment*. This section is where all of these deductions or allocations are set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:167
msgid "To add a new deduction, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Type in a description for the allocation under :guilabel:`Description`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Enter a new line for each type of garnishment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:174
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Garnished Type` from the drop-down menu. Choose from:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:176
msgid ":guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`: Any payments taken out towards something that is *not* child support. Typically any garnishments such as lawsuit payments, payments toward taxes owed, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`: Any deduction that is not required but voluntary, such as a pre-tax allocation to a college savings account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:180
msgid ":guilabel:`Child Support`: Any payments taken out specifically for child support."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:182
msgid "Enter the start and end dates the entry applies to. Click on the drop-down menu under :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`, navigate to the correct month and year by using the :guilabel:`< > (arrow)` icons, then click on the :guilabel:`date`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:186
msgid "Last, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` that each payslip pays towards the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:188
msgid "To delete a line, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon at the end of the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:191
msgid "Save and send the contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:193
msgid "Once a contract has been created and/or modified, save the contract by clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button. Next, the contract must be sent to the employee to be signed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196
msgid "Click on one of the following buttons to send the contract to the employee:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1
msgid "Send the contract to the employee via one of the buttons."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:202
msgid ":guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`: This option is for Belgian companies only. Clicking this opens a pop-up window that contains the basic information from the contract as well as a link for the contract when using the salary configurator. Click :guilabel:`Send Offer` to send an email to the employee so they can sign the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0
msgid "Sends a link to the employee for the contract."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:212
msgid "In order to send a contract using the :guilabel:`Generate Simulation Link`, there must be a signature field in the contract PDF being sent to the employee so they can sign it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature Request`: Click this and a pop-up window appears where an email can be typed to the employee. Select the document, such as a contract, NDA, or Homeworking Policy, from the drop-down menu, and fill out the email section. Click :guilabel:`Send` when the email is ready to be sent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:0
msgid "Request a signature for the contract via email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:224
msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Time`: This option is for Belgian companies only. When clicked, a pop-up window appears that allows for the changing of working times, and can compute time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:3
msgid "Payslips"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:5
msgid "Payslips are created either by the employees themselves or their managers, and are approved by authorized employees (typically managers). Then, once payslips are approved, employees are issued payslips and are paid either by check or direct deposit, depending on how their employee profile is configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:10
msgid "The :guilabel:`Payslips` drop-down header of the :menuselection:`Payroll` application consists of three sections: :guilabel:`To Pay`, :guilabel:`All Payslips`, and :guilabel:`Batches`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:13
msgid "These three sections provide all the tools needed to create payslips for employees, including individual payslips, a batch of payslips, or commission payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Payslips menu selection in Payroll."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:21
msgid "To pay"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:23
msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay` to see the payslips that need to be paid. On this page, Odoo displays the payslips that have not been generated yet, and can be created from this dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "View all payslips that need to be paid on the Payslips To Pay page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:31
msgid "Each payslip will list the :guilabel:`Reference` number for the individual payslip, the :guilabel:`Employee` name, :guilabel:`Batch Name`, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date range, the :guilabel:`Company`, the :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, and the :guilabel:`Status` of the payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:36
msgid "Clicking on an individual payslip entry will show the details for the individual payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:41
msgid "Create new payslip"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:43
msgid "A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Payslips To Pay` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> To Pay`) or the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`), by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:47
msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank payslip form, wherein the necessary payslip information can be entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:53
msgid "On the blank payslip form, a number of fields are required to be filled in with the necessary information. These required fields are represented by **bold** lines."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Type in the name of an employee, or select the desired employee from the drop-down list. Upon selecting an employee, several other fields on the payslip form may auto-populate. Typically, after making a selection in the :guilabel:`Employee` field, Odoo auto-populates the :guilabel:`Contract`, :guilabel:`Structure`, and :guilabel:`Payslip Name` fields, but **only** if that information is already on that employee's form in the *Employees* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Period`: Click the default date to reveal a pop-up calendar. On this calendar, use the :guilabel:`< (less-than)` and :guilabel:`> (greater than)` icons to select the desired month, and click on the desired day to select that specific date as the start date for the payslip. Repeat this process to add an end date for the payslip in the field below."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract`: Using the drop-down menu, select the desired contract for the employee. Only the available corresponding contracts for the selected employee appear as options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`: Using the drop-down menu, select the salary structure type. Only the available corresponding structures for the selected contract for that specific employee appear as options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Payslip Name`: In the blank field, type in the name for the payslip. The name should be short and descriptive, such as `April 2023`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:77
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select the company the payslip applies to from the :guilabel:`Company` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: In the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, enter the salary journal in which the payment will be reflected, and found in the *Accounting* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "The necessary fields for a new payslip in the Accounting Information tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:87
msgid "It is recommended to check with the accounting department to ensure every entry that affects the *Accounting* application is correct."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:93
msgid ":guilabel:`Reference`: Any note or reference message for the new entry can be entered here."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:94
msgid ":guilabel:`Company Car`: If applicable, select the company car from the drop-down."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Worked Days`: In the :guilabel:`Worked Days \\& Inputs` tab, the entries under :guilabel:`Worked Days` (including the :guilabel:`Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of Hours`, and :guilabel:`Amount`) are automatically filled in, based on what was entered for the :guilabel:`Period`, :guilabel:`Contract`, and :guilabel:`Structure` fields of the payslip form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Computation`: The :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab is automatically filled in after the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button is clicked. Doing so displays all the wages, deductions, taxes, etc. for the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:103
msgid ":guilabel:`Batch Name`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, select the payslip batch this new payslip should be added to from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:105
msgid ":guilabel:`Date Account`: Located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, enter the date on which the payslip should be posted, by clicking on the drop-down menu, and navigating to the correct month and year using the :guilabel:`< > (less-than/greater-than)` icons in the calendar pop-up window. Then, click on the desired date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:109
msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Journal`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, represents the journal that the payslip will be logged in, and is automatically selected when the :guilabel:`Contract` and :guilabel:`Structure` are entered in the payslip form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:112
msgid ":guilabel:`Accounting Entry`: This field, located in the :guilabel:`Accounting Information` tab, is automatically filled in once the payslip is confirmed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:116
msgid "Save and process new payslip"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:118
msgid "When all the necessary information on the payslip is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:122
msgid "Saving the entry is not required in order to compute the sheet, although it is considered best practice to do so. The :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button can be clicked without first saving the payslip. Doing so will save the entry *and* compute the sheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:126
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` button to register all the information, and have the :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tab populated. If any modifications need to be made, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make the desired changes, then click the :guilabel:`Recompute Worked Days` button to have the changes reflected in the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and :guilabel:`Salary Computation` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:132
msgid "To print the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Print` button. To cancel the payslip, click the :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:135
msgid "Once everything on the payslip form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslip. The chatter is automatically updated to show the email sent to the employee, along with a PDF copy of the payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "The new payslip is emailed to the employee and the email appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:143
msgid "Next, the payment must be sent to the employee. To do this, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. Doing so reveals a pop-up form, in which the desired :guilabel:`Bank Journal` that the payment should be made against must be selected from a drop-down menu. Then, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the journal, and return to the payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Click Make Payment to send the payment to the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:152
msgid "If a payment needs to be cancelled or refunded, click the corresponding :guilabel:`Refund` or :guilabel:`Cancel Payslip` button, located at the top of the payslip form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:156
msgid "In order for a payslip to be paid, the employee *must* have a bank account entered in their contact information. If there is no bank information, a payslip cannot be paid, and an error will appear when the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button is clicked. Banking information can be found in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab on the employee's card. Edit the employee card, and add banking information, if it is missing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:0
msgid "Banking information can be entered in an employee's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:167
msgid "All payslips"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:169
msgid "To view all payslips regardless of status, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> All Payslips`. Here, all payslips are organized by batch (in a default list view)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:172
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`▶ (arrow)` next to the individual batch name to view all the payslips in that particular batch, along with all the payslip details. The number of payslips in the batch is written in parenthesis after the batch name. The :guilabel:`Status` for each individual payslip appears on the far-right side, indicating if it is in :guilabel:`Draft Mode`, :guilabel:`Waiting`, or if it is :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Draft` indicates the payslip is created, and there is still time to make edits, since the amounts are not calculated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:181
msgid "`Waiting` indicates the payslip has been calculated and the salary details can be found in the *Salary Computation* tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:183
msgid "`Done` indicates the payslip is calculated and ready to be paid."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "View all payslips organized by batches. Click on the arrow to expand each batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:189
msgid "Click on an individual payslip to view the details for that payslip on a separate page. Using the breadcrumb menu, click :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` to go back to the list view of all payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:192
msgid "A new payslip can be created from the :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` page, by clicking the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a separate blank payslip form page. On that blank payslip form page, enter all the necessary information, as described in the :ref:`Create a new payslip <payroll/new-payslip>` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:197
msgid "To print PDF versions of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips to Pay` or :guilabel:`Employee Payslips` pages, first select the desired payslips by clicking on the individual checkbox next to each payslip to be printed. Or, click the box next to :guilabel:`Reference`, which selects all visible payslips on the page. Then, click the :guilabel:`Print` button to print the payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Click on the Print smart button to print payslips to a PDF."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:206
msgid "Payslips can also be exported to an Excel spreadsheet. When exporting, all payslips are exported regardless of whether some are selected or not. Click on the :guilabel:`Export All` button (download icon) to export all payslips to an Excel spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Click on the Export All smart button to export all payslips to an Excel payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:215
msgid "Both *To Pay* and *All Payslips* display all the detailed information for each payslip."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:218
msgid "Batches"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:220
msgid "To view payslips in batches, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches` to display all the payslip batches that have been created. These payslip batches are displayed in a list view, by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:224
msgid "Each batch displays the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Date From` and :guilabel:`Date To` dates, whether it was a :guilabel:`Credit note`, its :guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Company`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "View displaying all batches created."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:231
msgid "Click on an individual batch to view the details for that batch on a separate page. On this batch detail page, modifications can be made. To make any modifications to a batch, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Then, proceed to make any necessary changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:235
msgid "When all desired changes have been made, click either :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, or :guilabel:`Discard` to revert back to the original data."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:238
msgid "After modifications have been saved, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button to reveal a :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up form, in which payslips affected by the changes can be created or modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:242
msgid "All payslips associated with the batch are displayed in the employees section of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up. To filter the results by either the :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or the :guilabel:`Department`, select a salary structure and/or department from the respective drop-down menus."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:247
msgid "Only employees that match the selected :guilabel:`Salary Structure` and/or :guilabel:`Department` appear in the employees list. Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window to generate the modified payslips, and close the pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Generate payslips from the edited batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:256
msgid "Back on the batch details page, click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` smart button to create a draft of the payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:263
msgid "Once the draft payslips are created, the button changes to say :guilabel:`Make Payment`. Click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button. A pop-up window appears, in which the bank journal information must be entered. Select the :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down list, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to process the payslips, and pay the employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:268
msgid "On the batch detail page, the number of payslips in the batch is accessible via the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button, located in the top-right corner. Individual payslips for the batch can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button in the top-right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:272
msgid "Use the breadcrumb menu to navigate back to the individual batch detail page, or back to the list of all batches."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Click the Payslips smart button to view the individual payslips in the batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:280
msgid "Create a new batch"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:282
msgid "To create a new batch of payslips from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`), click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank payslip batch form on a separate page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:286
msgid "On the new payslip batch form, enter the :guilabel:`Name` for the batch, and select the date range to which the batch applies, by clicking the :guilabel:`▼ (drop-down arrow)` icon in the :guilabel:`Period` fields, which reveals a calendar pop-up window. From this calendar pop-up window, navigate to the correct month, and click on the corresponding day for both the start and end dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Enter the details for the new batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:295
msgid "If the batch is a credit note, check the box next to :guilabel:`Credit Note`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Generation Date` field, select the date the payslips should be generated from a calendar pop-up window. This generated date is reflected in the accounting journal entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:299
msgid "Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company these payslips are written against."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:301
msgid "When all the information on the payslip batch form is correct, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the information. To delete the entry, click the :guilabel:`Discard` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:304
msgid "To create the payslips for the newly-created batch, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button at the top of the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:307
msgid "When clicked, a pop-up window appears showing all the payslips that will be created. To remove any individual payslips, click the black :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` icon at the far right of the payslip line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:311
msgid "If a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure` or :guilabel:`Department` needs to be specified for the batch, select them from the corresponding drop-down menus."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:314
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Generate` button at the bottom of the pop-up window to create the payslips for the batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Generate payslips for the new batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:322
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` pop-up window, selecting a :guilabel:`Department` and/or :guilabel:`Salary Structure` only displays payslips that apply to those specifically-selected parameters."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:326
msgid "If there are any errors or issues preventing the payslips from being generated, an error message appears in the top-right section. This error box disappears on its own after several seconds, or the :guilabel:`✖ (x mark)` icon can be clicked to close the alert."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:330
msgid "To remedy the issue, make any necessary modifications (e.g. removing any payslip lines that cannot be processed), then click the :guilabel:`Generate` button again."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:333
msgid "Once the payslips have been successfully generated, the screen returns to the payslip batch form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:335
msgid "From here, click the :guilabel:`Generate Draft Entry` button to change the payslips' status from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Done`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:338
msgid "Once payslips have been generated, click the :guilabel:`Make Payment` button to process the payments. Doing so reveals a pop-up window, in which the proper banking information must be entered. In this pop-up window, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Bank Journal` from the drop-down menu, and enter the appropriate file name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:343
msgid "When done, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the information, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to discard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:347
msgid "Generate commission payslips"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:349
msgid "Commission payslips can be generated directly from the :guilabel:`Payslips Batches` page (:menuselection:`Payroll app --> Payslips --> Batches`). To generate commission payslips from this page, click on the desired batch (or batches) to create commissions payslips for, then click the :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslips` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:354
msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Generate Commission Payslip` pop-up window, in which the necessary information **must** be filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:-1
msgid "Enter the commission details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:361
msgid "On this pop-up window, click on the drop-down menus, located beside the :guilabel:`Period` field, to reveal calendar pop-up windows. On these calendar pop-up windows, select the desired period for which the payslips are being generated. Using the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows, navigate to the correct month, and click on the date to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:366
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Department` field, select the desired department from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:368
msgid "When a department is selected, the employees listed for that department appear in the :guilabel:`Employee` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:371
msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Employee` section, enter the :guilabel:`Commission Amount` for each employee in the appropriate column. To remove an employee, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` icon to remove the line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:375
msgid "Add a new entry by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`, and entering the :guilabel:`Employee` and the appropriate :guilabel:`Commission Amount`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:378
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Upload Your File` button to add a file, if necessary. Any file type is accepted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:381
msgid "Using the drop-down menu beside the :guilabel:`Commission Type` field, select either :guilabel:`Classic Commission` or :guilabel:`Warrant`. :guilabel:`Classic` is the most typical of commission, while :guilabel:`Warrant` is primarily used for Belgium companies."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payslips.rst:385
msgid "Once all the commissions are properly entered, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button to create the commission payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:5
msgid "The :guilabel:`Reporting` section of the *Payroll* app offers a variety of reports to choose from. The :guilabel:`Payroll`, :guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`, :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`DMFA` reports are universal and available for all companies regardless of location. The :guilabel:`Paid Time Off Allocation`, :guilabel:`273S Sheet`, and :guilabel:`274.XX Sheets` reports are specific to Belgian companies only."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:11
msgid "To view a report, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting` and click on the specific report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Report dashboard view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:17
msgid "If a report is unavailable to a company, a user error pops up, stating `You must be logged in to a Belgian company to use this feature.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:20
msgid "At the top of each report, click on :guilabel:`Filters` to display the optional filters for the specific report. Filters show information that matches the specific filter parameters. For example, when selecting the :guilabel:`Last 365 Day Payslip` filter, only payslips for the last 365 days appear. All reports have the option to add a custom filter, and each have different default custom filter options. Select the parameters, then click the :guilabel:`Apply` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:30
msgid "Clicking on :guilabel:`Favorites` displays three options: :guilabel:`Save the current search`, :guilabel:`Add the search to the dashboard`, or :guilabel:`Insert the search to a Google spreadsheet`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Favorite options for reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:41
msgid "Click on :menuselection:`Payroll --> Reporting --> Payroll` to display the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:48
msgid "This shows all the payslips generated in the last 365 days. The report can display metrics for a variety of parameters. Click the :guilabel:`Measures` box to view a drop-down menu with the various options to display. The options available include: :guilabel:`# Payslip`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage`, :guilabel:`Basic Wage for Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Days of Unforeseen Absence`, :guilabel:`Days of Unpaid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Gross Wage`, :guilabel:`Net Wage`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Number of Hours`, :guilabel:`Work Days`, :guilabel:`Work Hours`, and :guilabel:`Count`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:61
msgid "Line chart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:63
msgid "A line chart is the default view for the *Payroll Analysis* report. If a different view was selected, click on the :guilabel:`Line Chart` icon (middle icon) in the menu bar to change the view back to a line chart. An option to display the line chart in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:73
msgid "Bar chart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:75
msgid "To display the data in a bar chart, click on the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` icon (first icon) in the menu bar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:82
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Stacked` icon to view the bar chart in a stacked format (where multiple values appear in each column). An option to display the columns in ascending or descending order appears at the end of the options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:87
msgid "Clicking an option enables it. To disable the option, click it again. When the option is enabled it appears grey. When it is inactive, it appears white."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:91
msgid "Pie chart"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:93
msgid "To display the data in a pie chart, click on the :guilabel:`Pie Chart` icon (last icon) in the menu bar. There are no additional options available in this view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:101
msgid "Pivot table"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:103
msgid "The bottom half of the :guilabel:`Payroll Analysis` dashboard presents a pivot table no matter which type of chart is selected for the top of the dashboard. The default information displayed is the number of payslips, net wage, gross wage, days of paid time off, and days of unpaid time off. The information is divided by department. To display more information on the report, select the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down menu, then click on any other items to display."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:113
msgid "To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, click on the column name twice. The first click selects the column, and the second click sorts the information in descending order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "To sort information by descending order, click the column head twice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:121
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:172
msgid "To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` icon. The information will be downloaded into an Excel spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Download an Excel spreadsheet of the data by clicking the download button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:128
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:179
msgid "The data can be inserted into a spreadsheet by clicking the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button. A pop-up appears asking which spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or enter the name for a new spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to move to a spreadsheet view with all the information populated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Send the data to a spreadsheet."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:137
msgid "Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select :guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save the setting as a template to use in the future."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:141
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188
msgid "The *Documents* application must be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:146
msgid "Meal Vouchers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:148
msgid ":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers` provides an overview of the meal vouchers used by employees, and can be shown by :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, or :guilabel:`Year`. The default view is by month."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Meal voucher"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:156
msgid "To change the displayed view, click on :guilabel:`Total`. The data collapses, showing only the count column. Click on :guilabel:`Total` again, then hover over :guilabel:`Day`, then click on one of the other time-period options available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:164
msgid "It is possible to compare the current meal voucher report to the one for the previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either :guilabel:`Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Date: Previous Year`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184
msgid "Once in the spreadsheet view, click on :guilabel:`File`, then select :guilabel:`Save` to save the data, or :guilabel:`Save as Template` to save the settings as a template to use in the future."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192
msgid "Attachment of Salary"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194
msgid "The :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary` report shows all deductions or allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:201
msgid "The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different deductions are listed in the top row, organized by month."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:204
msgid "The report can be exported as a XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, using the corresponding buttons at the top."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207
msgid "Clicking on the :guilabel:`Measures` button shows options for how the data is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count`, can all be selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a check mark, it is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1
msgid "Select the options that be displayed in the report."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216
msgid "The salary attachment report can be compared to the one for the previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click on the on the :guilabel:`Comparison` drop-down menu at the top, then select either :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Year`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5
msgid "Work entries are created automatically in the *Payroll* app, based on the employee's :ref:`salary structure type <payroll/structure-types>`, and from the *Planning*, *Attendances*, and *Time Off* applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:9
msgid "The *Work Entries* dashboard of the *Payroll* application provides a visual overview of the individual work entries for every employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:12
msgid "To open the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:14
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, work entries appear in alphabetical order, based on the first name of the employees. The entire month is displayed, with the current day highlighted in pale yellow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:18
msgid "If any entries have :ref:`conflicts <payroll/conflicts>` that need to be resolved, the dashboard defaults to filter only the :guilabel:`Conflicting` entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:21
msgid "To remove the filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to view all work entries, click the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the :guilabel:`Conflicting` filter in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and all work entries appear in the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "Conflicts dashboard view showing all employee's conflicts in work entries."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:31
msgid "To change the view, so only the entries for a single day, week, or month are shown, click on :guilabel:`Month`. A drop-down menu appears with the options of :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, or :guilabel:`Month`. Click on one of the options to only display data for that specific selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:35
msgid "Use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` icons on the left and right side of the :guilabel:`Month` button to adjust the displayed dates. The arrows adjust the date based on the type of time selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:39
msgid "For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows move one month with each click of the arrow. If :guilabel:`Week` or :guilabel:`Day` is selected, the time moves by either a week or a day for each click of the arrow, respectively."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:43
msgid "At any point, to return to a view containing the current day, click the :guilabel:`Today` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:46
msgid "Add a new work entry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:48
msgid "If a work entry is missing and needs to be added, such as sick time, or if an employee forgot to clock in and out for a shift, click :guilabel:`New` on the :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, to create a new work entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:52
msgid "A :guilabel:`Create` work entry pop-up form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:56
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a short description for the work entry, such as `Sick Time`. If this field is left blank, it automatically populates once an employee is selected. The default entry is `Attendance: (Employee)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: select the employee the work entry is for, using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: select the :ref:`work entry type <payroll/work-entries-config>` using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To`: enter the start (:guilabel:`From`) and end (:guilabel:`To`) dates and times for the work entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:65
msgid "First, click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` line to reveal a calendar pop-up window. Select the date by navigating to the correct month and year, using the :guilabel:`< (left arrow)` and :guilabel:`> (right arrow)` icons, then click on the specific day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:69
msgid "Next, select the time, by clicking on either the hour or minute fields at the bottom of the calendar, and select the desired time for both the hour and minutes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:72
msgid "When the date and time are correct for the entry, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: displays the hours based on the :guilabel:`To` and :guilabel:`From` entries. Modifying this field modifies the :guilabel:`To` field (the :guilabel:`From` field does not change)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:77
msgid "Once the desired information is entered, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the entry, and close the pop-up form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "Filling in the work entry Create form in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:87
msgid "Conflicts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:89
msgid "A conflict appears for any request that has not been approved, such as sick time or vacation, or if there are any errors on the work entry, such as required fields being left blank. Conflicts are required to be resolved before payslips can be generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:93
msgid "Any work entry that has a conflict to be resolved is indicated on the main :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, which can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Work Entries`. Only conflicts needing resolution are shown by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:97
msgid "Conflicts are indicated with an orange triangle in the top-left corner of each individual work entry. Click on an individual work entry to see the date and time for the specific work entry, then click :guilabel:`Edit` to view the conflict details in a pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "A row of conflicts, with one entry showing details for the conflict."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:105
msgid "The conflict is briefly explained in an orange text box in the :guilabel:`Open` pop-up window that appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:108
msgid "The :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` are listed on the left side of the pop-up window. The :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` date and time range, as well as the total time (in hours) in the :guilabel:`Duration` field, appears on the right side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:112
msgid "If the conflict is due to a time off request that has not been approved yet, a :guilabel:`Time Off` field appears on the left side, with the type of time off requested in the description."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "The detailed conflict pop-up window that appears when Edit is clicked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:120
msgid "Time off conflicts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:122
msgid "The most common work entry conflicts are for time off requests that have been submitted, but not yet approved, which results in duplicate work entries for that employee (one for time off and another for regular work)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:126
msgid "If there is a conflict because a time off request is in the system for the same time that a regular work entry already exists, the time off request is entered in the :guilabel:`Time Off` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:129
msgid "The time off conflict can be resolved either on the work entry pop-up window, or on a detailed time off request pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:133
msgid "Resolve on work entry"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:135
msgid "To resolve the time off conflict on this work entry pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Approve Time Off` button to approve the time off request, and resolve the work entry conflict."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:138
msgid "The :guilabel:`Approve Time Off` and :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` buttons disappear. Click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button to close the pop-up window. The conflict disappears from the :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, since the conflict is resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:143
msgid "Resolve on time off request"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:145
msgid "To resolve the time off conflict on the detailed time off request pop-up window, click the :guilabel:`Internal Link` button at the end of the :guilabel:`Time Off` entry line, and the time off request details appear in a new pop-up window. The request can be modified, if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:149
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve the request, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button to save the changes, and go back to the work entry conflict pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "The detailed time off request form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:156
msgid "Now, the :guilabel:`Approve Time Off` button is hidden, only the :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` button is visible."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:159
msgid "If the approval was a mistake, the request can be refused here, by clicking the :guilabel:`Refuse Time Off` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:162
msgid "Since the time off was approved in the time off window, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top-right corner to close the window. The conflict disappears from the :guilabel:`Work Entry` dashboard, since it has been resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:169
msgid "Regenerate work entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:171
msgid "When regenerating work entries, any manual changes, such as resolved conflicts, are overwritten, and work entries are regenerated (or recreated) from the applications that created them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:174
msgid "This method for correcting a large amount of conflicts is recommended to keep all records correct. While :ref:`conflicts <payroll/conflicts>` *can* be resolved individually, if the conflicts are caused from another application, it is best practice to ensure the records in the other applications are also correct. That is why it is recommended to resolve these conflicts in the applications that created the conflict."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:180
msgid "Another reason this method is recommended is because, when work entries are regenerated, the conflicts reappear, if the issue in the related application is **not** resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:183
msgid "First, ensure the issues are resolved in the specific applications that caused the work entry conflicts."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:186
msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Work Entries` dashboard, and a :guilabel:`Work Entry Regeneration` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:189
msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Employees` to regenerate work entries for from the drop-down menu, and adjust the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields, so the correct date range is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:192
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Regenerate Work Entries` button, and the work entries are recreated. Once finished, the pop-up window closes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "Regenerate a work entry for a particular employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:200
msgid "An employee has incorrect work entries generated from the *Planning* app because they were incorrectly assigned to two work stations simultaneously. This should be fixed in the *Planning* app, instead of the *Payroll* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:204
msgid "To correct this issue, modify the employee's schedule in the *Planning* app, so they are correctly assigned to only one work station. Then, in the *Payroll* app, regenerate work entries for that employee, for that specific time period."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:208
msgid "The *Payroll* app then pulls the new, corrected data form the *Planning* app, and recreates the correct work entries for that employee. All conflicts for that employee are now resolved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:212
msgid "Generating payslips"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:214
msgid "To generate payslips, :ref:`navigate to the time period <payroll/adjust-view>` the payslips should be generated for. Ensure the :guilabel:`Conflicting` filter is removed. When the desired pay period is displayed, click the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:219
msgid "If the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is not active (appears pale purple, instead of dark purple), that indicates there are conflicts, or the date selected includes dates in the future. Resolve all conflicts before generating payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:223
msgid "When the :guilabel:`Generate Payslips` button is clicked, a batch entry appears on a separate page for the time period selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:226
msgid "The batch name populates the :guilabel:`Batch Name` field in a default `From (date) to (date)` format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:229
msgid "The date range to which the payslips apply appears in the :guilabel:`Period` field, and the company appears in the :guilabel:`Company` field. It is **not** possible to make changes to this form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:232
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create Draft Entry` button to create the payslips for the batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:234
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button at the top of the page to view all the payslips for the batch."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "Information that appears when generating payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:242
msgid "Printing payslips"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:244
msgid "To print payslips, first view the individual payslips by clicking the :guilabel:`Payslips` smart button on the batch form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:247
msgid "Next, select the payslips to print from the :guilabel:`Payslips` list. Click the box next to each payslip to print, or click the box to the left of the :guilabel:`Reference` column title, to select all the payslips in the list at once."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:251
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Print` button, and a PDF file is created with all the specified payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "Print button for printing the payslips."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:258
msgid "The :guilabel:`Print` button does **not** appear until at least one payslip is selected in the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:262
msgid "Time off to report"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:264
msgid "If a time off request is submitted for a time period that was already processed on a payslip, the time off request appears in the *Time Off* page in the *Payroll* app, which is accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Time Off to Report`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:268
msgid "On the :guilabel:`Time Off` page, the request appears with a status of :guilabel:`To defer to next payslip`. This is because the employee was already paid for that day, and it was logged as time spent at work, as a typical work day."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:272
msgid "In order to keep the employee's time off balances correct, the time off request **must** be applied to the following pay period. This not only ensures time off request balances are current, it also eliminates the need to redo work entries, cancel paychecks, and reissue paychecks."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:276
msgid "The most common scenario when this situation occurs, is when payslips are processed a day or two before the pay period ends, and an employee is unexpectedly sick on one of the last days of the pay period. The employee puts in a time off request for a day that was already processed on a payslip as a regular work day. Instead of canceling the payslip, modifying the work entries, and reissuing the paycheck, Odoo allows for those time off requests to be applied to the following pay period, instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:283
msgid "To view all the time off requests that need to be deferred to the next payslip, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Work Entries --> Time Off to Report`. The default filter for this report is :guilabel:`To Defer`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:287
msgid "All time off requests that need to be applied to the following pay period appear with a :guilabel:`Payslip State` of :guilabel:`To defer to next payslip`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "A list of all time off requests that were not approved before payslips were generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:295
msgid "Defer multiple time off entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:297
msgid "To select the work entries to defer, click the box to the left of the work entry line. To select all work entries in the list, click the box to the left of the :guilabel:`Employees` column title, at the top of the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:301
msgid "Once any work entry is selected, two buttons appear at the top of the report: a :guilabel:`(#) Selected` button, and an :guilabel:`Actions` button. The :guilabel:`(#) Selected` button indicates how many entries are currently selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:305
msgid "When all the desired work entries are selected, click the :guilabel:`Actions` button, and a menu appears with several choices. Click :guilabel:`Defer to Next Month` in the list, and all selected entries are deferred to the following month."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "The actions button and # Selected buttons that appear after any selections are made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:314
msgid "Defer individual time off entries"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:316
msgid "Time off requests appearing on the :guilabel:`Time Off to Report` list can be deferred individually."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:318
msgid "Click on an individual time off request, and the details for that request load."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:320
msgid "The specific details for the time off request appear on the left-hand side, and all of the employee's submitted time off requests appear on the right-hand side (including the request in the details on the left-hand side)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:324
msgid "To defer the time off request to the next payslip, click the :guilabel:`Report to Next Month` button at the top. Once processed, the :guilabel:`Report to Next Month` button disappears, and the :guilabel:`Payslip State` changes from :guilabel:`To defer to next payslip` to :guilabel:`Computed in Current Payslip`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:329
msgid "To go back to the :guilabel:`Time Off to Report` list, click on :guilabel:`Time Off` in the breadcrumb menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:-1
msgid "The time off details for an individual request that needs to be deferred."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:337
msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries <payroll/work-entries-config>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:51
msgid "Recruitment"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:8
msgid "Odoo keeps all job applicants organized with a pre-configured series of steps and stages that each applicant goes through. Each stage has a specific step(s) that should be performed. These range from scheduling a phone call, conducting an interview, to sending a job offer, just to name a few. This process is referred to as the 'applicant flow'."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:13
msgid "When an applicant applies for a job position, an *applicant card* is automatically created in Odoo's *Recruitment* app for that specific job position. As the applicant progresses through the recruitment pipeline, the recruitment team moves their card from one stage to the next."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:17
msgid ":ref:`Stages can be configured <recruitment/modify-stages>` so that an email is automatically sent out using a set, pre-configured template as soon as an applicant's card enters a stage. These automated emails are defined on each stage in the applicant flow."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:21
msgid "The applicant flow explained in this document is the default flow in Odoo, and goes through the applicant flow when using the *Recruitment* application's default configuration. The applicant flow is able to be modified to suit the specific recruitment flow for any business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:26
msgid "The applicant flow with all its stages are universal and applies to all job positions, unless specified. :ref:`A specific stage can be configured <recruitment/customize-stages>` to be job-specific, meaning that specific stage is only visible for that specific job position. Otherwise, if a new stage is created, or an existing stage is modified, those changes will be visible on all job positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:35
msgid "To access the kanban view for a job position, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Recruitment app` dashboard, which is the default view when opening the application. All job positions appear on the main dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`New Applications` smart button on a job position card to navigate to the kanban view for all the applicants for that particular job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Main dashboard view of job position card, showing new applications button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:44
msgid "Inside the job application, the kanban stages appear, with all the applicants populated in their respective columns, indicating what stage they are currently in. There are five default stages in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:48
msgid ":ref:`Initial Qualification <recruitment/initial-qualification>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:49
msgid ":ref:`First Interview <recruitment/first-interview>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:50
msgid ":ref:`Second Interview <recruitment/second-interview>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:51
msgid ":ref:`Contract Proposal <recruitment/contract-proposal>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:52
msgid ":ref:`Contract Signed <recruitment/contract-signed>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:54
msgid "The last column, :guilabel:`Contract Signed`, is folded by default, meaning that the column appears in gray and the applicants in it are hidden from view. To expand the folded stage and view the applicant cards for that column, click anywhere on the thin gray column that says the stage name and the column expands, revealing the applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Expand a folded column by clicking on it in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:63
msgid "Each stage has a color-coded bar beneath the stage name, giving information about the applicant's status in the stage. The colors are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Green`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity that is either already scheduled or needs to be scheduled in the future (such as a phone call or interview), according to the parameters for that particular stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Yellow`: there are applicants in the stage with an activity either scheduled for today or due to be scheduled today."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Red`: there are applicants in the stage with overdue activities which need to be scheduled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Gray`: there are either no activities currently scheduled and no future activities that are required to be scheduled, or there are no applicants currently in the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:79
msgid "Customize stages"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:81
msgid "Stages can be modified, added, or deleted to best meet the needs of the particular hiring steps of a business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:85
msgid "New stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:87
msgid "To create a new stage, click on :guilabel:`+ Add a Column` and a new column appears. Enter the title for the new stage in the :guilabel:`Column title` field, then click :guilabel:`Add`. The new column appears, and another new stage is available to create. If no new stages are needed, click anywhere on the screen to exit the new column creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "The plus sign to click in order to add a new column to the kanban stages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:99
msgid "Modify stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:101
msgid "To modify the settings of a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears in the upper right hand side of the stage. Click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon and a menu appears. Then click on the :guilabel:`Edit Stage` option. An :guilabel:`Edit Column` form appears. Make any modifications to the form, then click :guilabel:`Save` when done."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "The gear icon that appears when a column name is moused over, and the drop-down menu it\n"
"displays when clicked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:112
msgid "Edit column form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:114
msgid "The :guilabel:`Edit Column` form is where the stage's settings are configured. The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Stage Name`, and the :guilabel:`Tooltips` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:117
msgid "The fields to be populated or modified are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Stage Name`: type in a name for the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:120
msgid ":guilabel:`Email Template`: select an email template to be used from the drop-down menu. If a template is selected, when the applicant card enters the stage, an email will automatically be sent to the applicant using the selected template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Folded in Kanban`: check the box to have the stage appear folded (hidden) at all times in the default view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Hired Stage`: check the box if this stage indicates that the applicant is hired. When an applicant's card enters this stage, the card displays a :guilabel:`Hired` banner in the upper right corner. If this box is checked, this stage is used to determine the hire date of an applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Specific`: if the stage only applies to a specific job position(s), select the job position(s) from the drop-down menu. Multiple job positions can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`Show in Referrals`: check the box if this stage should be seen in the *Referrals* application, and allow the referrer to accrue points when a referral of theirs reaches this stage. If this is active, a :guilabel:`Points` field appears. Enter the amount of referral points the employee receives when an applicant enters this stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:135
msgid ":guilabel:`Tooltips` section: there are three pre-configured labels (colored circles) for each applicant's card, indicating its status. These colors are displayed at the top of each stage to reflect the statuses of the applicants in the stage. The *names* for the label can be modified, but the label itself (the color) cannot. The default names and labels are: :guilabel:`In Progress` (gray), :guilabel:`Blocked` (red), and :guilabel:`Ready for Next Stage` (green)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:140
msgid ":guilabel:`Requirements`: enter any internal notes for this stage explaining any requirements of the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:144
msgid "Delete stage"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:146
msgid "If a stage is no longer needed, the stage can be deleted. To delete a stage, hover over the name of the stage, and a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon appears. First, click on the :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon to reveal a drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Delete`. A pop-up warning appears, asking :guilabel:`Are you sure you want to remove this column?`. Click :guilabel:`OK` to delete the column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:152
msgid "If there are applicants currently in the stage being deleted, an error pops up when attempting to delete the stage, explaining that there are records in the stage which need to be deleted, archived, or moved to a different stage before deleting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:157
msgid "Email templates"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:159
msgid "To communicate with the applicant, Odoo has several pre-configured email templates that can be used. The pre-configured email templates and when to use them are as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:162
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`: this template is used to let the applicant know that their application was received. This email is automatically sent out once the applicant is in the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant: Interest`: this template is used to let the applicant know that they have passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage and they will be contacted to set up an interview with the recruiter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:168
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant: Not interested anymore`: this template is used when an applicant communicates that they are no longer interested in the position, and thanks them for their time and consideration."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:171
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant: Refuse`: this template is used when an applicant is no longer being considered for the position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:173
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package`: this template is used when offering an applicant a position. This informs the applicant they can configure their salary package."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:177
msgid "Email templates can be created, modified, and deleted to suit the needs of a business. For more information on email templates, refer to the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` document."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:181
msgid "To manually send an email click :guilabel:`Send message` in the chatter. A text box appears, as well as the applicant's email address. Click the :guilabel:`⤢ (double arrow)` full composer icon in the bottom right corner of the :guilabel:`Send Message` tab in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Send an email from the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:189
msgid "An email composer pop-up loads, with the :guilabel:`Recipients` and :guilabel:`Subject` pre-populated. The applicant's email address is entered on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line, and the :guilabel:`Subject` is `Re: (Subject / Application Name)`. The email body is empty by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:193
msgid "To use a pre-configured email template, click the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Load template` field in the lower right section of the window. Pre-configured email templates may contain dynamic placeholders so unique information can be populated in the email for a more personalized message to the applicant. There are several pre-configured email templates to choose from. Depending on the template selected, the email subject and/or body may change."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:200
msgid "Only the email templates that are configured for the model will load. There are other email templates pre-configured in Odoo, but if they are not configured for the recruitment application, they will not appear in the list of available templates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:204
msgid "If any attachments are to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button in the lower left corner. Navigate to the file to be attached, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it. To delete an attachment, click the :guilabel:`X (Delete)` icon to the right of the attachment. If any changes need to be made to the email, edit the body of the email. If the edits should be saved to be used in the future, the email can be saved as a new template. Click the :guilabel:`Save As New Template` button in the bottom right corner. To send the email, click :guilabel:`Send` and the email will be sent to the applicant. The email then appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:213
msgid "Stage flow"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:215
msgid "In order to move an applicant's card from one stage to another, the applicant's card can either be dragged and dropped in the kanban view to the desired stage, or the stage can be modified on the applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:219
msgid "To change the stage on the applicant's card, click on the applicant's card in the kanban view to go to a detailed view of the card. The current stage for the card is highlighted in purple at the top, above the card. Simply click the desired stage for the card, and the stage changes. A log note indicating the stage change appears in the chatter. Navigate back to the kanban view by clicking on :guilabel:`Applications` in the breadcrumb menu in the top left, and the applicant's card now appears in the new stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Change the stage of an applicant by clicking on the desired stage at the top of the\n"
"applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:234
msgid "Initial qualification"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:237
msgid "The following information is based on Odoo's default recruitment pipeline flow. Be advised that if modifications are made to create a customized recruitment pipeline flow, it will vary from the following information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:241
msgid "All applicants appear in the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, whether submitted online or if the applicant is manually entered by a recruiter. When the applicant's card is created, Odoo automatically populates the applicant's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email address`, and :guilabel:`Phone number` on the applicant's card. This information is required when applying for a job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:247
msgid "If the applicant entered any information in the :guilabel:`Short Introduction` section of the online application, it is populated in the :guilabel:`Application Summary` tab at the bottom of the applicant's card. If a resumé was attached to the online application, the resumé appears in the attachments section of the chatter, and is also stored in the *Documents* application. To find the recruitment documents stored in the Documents application, navigate to the main :menuselection:`Documents` dashboard, and click the folder labeled :guilabel:`Recruitment` on the right side. All recruitment documents will be stored within that folder."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:256
msgid "Send interview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:258
msgid "At any point in the hiring process, an *interview* can be sent to the applicant to obtain more information. These interviews are custom-made, and can be formatted in a variety of ways."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:261
msgid "Odoo uses the term *interview*, but these can be thought of as questionnaires, surveys, tests, certifications, etc. Custom interviews can be formatted to suit each individual job position's needs. For example, a job position for a computer programmer could have an interview in the form of a programming quiz to determine the skill level of the applicant. A job position for a restaurant server could have a questionnaire inquiring about the applicant's availability, if the desired applicant needs to be available on weekend evenings. For more information on creating and editing interview forms, refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:270
msgid "In order to send an email to an applicant, there must be an email address on the applicant's card. If an email address is not entered on the applicant's card, when :guilabel:`Send Interview` is clicked, the applicant's card appears instead of the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window. Enter the email address in the email field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. Once the applicant's card is saved, the applicant's card closes and the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:276
msgid "To send an interview to an applicant, click on an applicant's card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the applicant's card, click the button labeled :guilabel:`Send Interview`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:280
msgid "If the applicant's card has an email address on file, a :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears, with all the information populated. If an email is not on the applicant's card, then a contact form appears. Enter the applicants email address, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The card closes and the :guilabel:`Survey` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:285
msgid "Odoo refers to the interview forms as *surveys*. These email templates also use dynamic placeholders to personalize the email to the applicant and the job position. Add any additional recipients for the survey if more people should receive the email. If an email is in the database as a contact, add that contact on the :guilabel:`Recipients` line. If an email should be sent to someone who is not in the database as a contact, and they should **not** be added as a contact, add their email to the :guilabel:`Additional emails` line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:292
msgid "If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:296
msgid "If the emailed interview must be completed by a specific date, select a date for the :guilabel:`Answer deadline` in the lower-right area of the pop-up window. Click on the line next to :guilabel:`Answer deadline`, and a calendar selector appears. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:302
msgid "The :guilabel:`Mail template` field is pre-populated based on the configuration for the interview. A different template can be chosen from the drop-down menu if desired. If a new template is selected, the new email template loads in the email body."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:306
msgid "To send the email with the interview link to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send` at the bottom of the email pop-up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Send a custom survey, also referred to as an interview form, to an applicant using a\n"
"pre-configured template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:315
msgid "Refuse"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:317
msgid "At any point in the recruitment pipeline, an applicant can be refused from the job application process. To refuse an applicant, click on an applicant's card to navigate to a detailed view of the applicant's card. At the top of the applicant's card, there are several buttons. Click the one labeled :guilabel:`Refuse`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:322
msgid "A :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` pop-up appears. Select the :guilabel:`Refuse Reason` from the drop-down menu. The default refuse reasons in Odoo are: :guilabel:`Doesn't fit the job requirements`, :guilabel:`The applicant is not interested anymore`, and :guilabel:`The applicant gets a better offer`. These three refusal reasons have pre-configured email templates associated with them. Additional refusal reasons can be created and existing ones can be modified or deleted. To add a new refusal reason, type in the name of the reason, then click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Refuse Reason` pop-up window appears. Type in the name of the new email template in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field, and click :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`. A :guilabel:`Create: Email Template` window loads. Configure the new email template, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:334
msgid "Pre-configured email templates in Odoo sometimes use dynamic placeholders, which are customized pieces of data that populate dynamic content. For example, if the applicant's name is a piece of dynamic content, the applicant's name will appear anytime that dynamic placeholder appears on the email template. For more detailed information on email templates, refer to the :doc:`../general/email_communication/email_template` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:340
msgid "An email template populates the :guilabel:`Email Template` field after a refusal reason is selected. If an email should not be sent to the applicant, uncheck the :guilabel:`Send Email` checkbox. To view the email template, click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template selected. The email template loads in the pop-up window, and can be modified if needed. After making modifications, click :guilabel:`Save`. To close the email template, click :guilabel:`Discard`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:346
msgid "To send the refusal email to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. The refusal email is sent to the applicant, and a :guilabel:`Refused` banner appears on the applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "An applicant's card with the refused banner appearing in the top right corner in red."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:353
msgid "After refusal, the applicant's card is no longer visible in the job position's kanban view. To view refused applicants, navigate to the :menuselection:`Recruitment app --> Applications --> All Applications`. All applications for all job positions are presented in a list view. To view the refused applicants only, click :guilabel:`Filters`, then click :guilabel:`Archived/Refused`. All applicants that have been archived and/or refused appear in the list. To further organize this list and view refusals by job position, click :guilabel:`≣ Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Job`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:361
msgid "New applicant"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:363
msgid "An applicant card can be manually added if needed. If an applicant needs to be added to the list of prospective candidates and an applicant card has not been created yet (they have not applied for the job online yet) an applicant card can be easily added from the job position kanban view in one of two ways, using either the :ref:`Quick add <recruitment/quick-add-applicant>` icon or the :ref:`Create <recruitment/create-new-applicant>` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:372
msgid "Quick add"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:374
msgid "Quickly add a new applicant using the :guilabel:`Quick add` icon. If not already in the job position kanban view, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click on the small :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) Quick add` icon in the top right of the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage to quickly add a new applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered when using the Quick Add option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:384
msgid "Enter the following information on the card:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:386
msgid ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view (unless in the Developer mode), but is visible on the individual card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:390
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:435
msgid ":guilabel:`Applicant's Name`: enter the applicant's name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:391
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:436
msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: enter the applicant's email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:392
msgid ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: the current job position populates this field. If needed, the job position can be changed by selecting a different position from the drop-down menu. If a different job position is selected, after the card is created, the card will appear in the selected job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:397
msgid "After the information is entered, click :guilabel:`Add`. The applicant appears in the list, and a new blank applicant card appears. Click either the :guilabel:`🗑️ (delete)` icon or click anywhere on the screen to close the card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:401
msgid "If preferred, after entering the applicant name, click :guilabel:`Edit` and a detailed :guilabel:`Applicant Form` loads. :ref:`Enter the information on the form <recruitment/applicant-details>`, then click :guilabel:`Save`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:408
msgid "Create"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:410
msgid "Add a new applicant including all the relevant information using the :guilabel:`Create` button. If not already in the kanban view for the job position to add an applicant to, navigate to the main recruitment dashboard, and click the :guilabel:`New Applicants` button on the job position card that the applicant should be added to. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the top left of the kanban view and an applicant form loads."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:416
msgid "Certain fields on the applicant card may be pre-populated, depending on how the job position is configured. Typically, the :guilabel:`Job` section, as well as the :guilabel:`Recruiter` field, are all pre-populated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:420
msgid "Enter the following information on the new applicant form. Note that not all fields listed below may be visible. Depending on installed applications and configurations, some fields may not be displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:427
msgid "Applicant section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:429
msgid ":guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`: this is the only required field. Enter the title for the card. Typically this is the applicant's name and job position being applied to, for example: `Laura Smith - Experienced Developer`. This field is not visible in the kanban view, unless the :guilabel:`Applicant's Name` is left blank. If there is no :guilabel:`Applicant's Name`, then the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` is what is displayed on the applicant card in the kanban view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:437
msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: enter the applicant's phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:438
msgid ":guilabel:`Mobile`: enter the applicant's mobile number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:439
msgid ":guilabel:`Degree`: select the applicant's highest level of education earned from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor Degree`, :guilabel:`Master Degree`, or :guilabel:`Doctoral Degree`. The :guilabel:`Graduate` option indicates graduating the highest level of school before a Bachelor's degree, such as a high school or secondary school diploma, depending on the country."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:444
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: select as many tags as desired from the drop-down menu. To add a tag that does not exist, type in the tag name, the click :guilabel:`Create \"new tag\"`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:446
msgid ":guilabel:`Interviewer`: select the person who will be conducting the interview(s) from the drop-down menu. The person must have either *recruiter* or *officer* rights configured for the Recruitment application in order to appear on the drop-down."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:449
msgid ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person responsible for the entire recruitment process for the job position. Only *users* can be selected, and all users are presented in the drop-down to select from."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:452
msgid ":guilabel:`Appreciation`: click on one of the stars to select a rating for the applicant. One star indicates :guilabel:`Good`, two stars indicates :guilabel:`Very Good`, and three stars indicates :guilabel:`Excellent.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:455
msgid ":guilabel:`Referred By User`: if referral points are to be earned for this job position in the *Referrals* application, select the user who referred the applicant from the drop-down menu. The *Referrals* application must be installed for this to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:460
msgid "Job section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:462
msgid "The following fields are pre-populated when creating a new applicant, as long as these field are specified on the Job Position. Editing the fields is possible, if desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:465
msgid ":guilabel:`Applied Job`: select the job position the applicant is applying to from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:467
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the job position falls under from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:469
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job positions is for using the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:472
msgid "Contract section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:474
msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Salary`: enter the amount the applicant is requesting for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format. The currency is determined by the localization setting for the company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:477
msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are requested by the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:480
msgid ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary`: enter the amount to be offered to the applicant for the role in this field. The number should be in a `XX,XXX.XX` format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:482
msgid ":guilabel:`Proposed Salary - Extra advantages...`: if any extra advantages are offered to the applicant, enter it in this field. This should be short and descriptive, such as `1 week extra vacation` or `dental plan`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:485
msgid ":guilabel:`Availability`: using the calendar module in the drop-down menu, select the available start date for the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:489
msgid "Application summary tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:491
msgid "Any additional details or notes that should be added to the applicant's card can be typed into this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "All the fields for a new applicant form entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:501
msgid "First interview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:503
msgid "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`Initial Qualification` stage, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage in the job position kanban view. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "An applicant's card moves from one stage t another by using the click and drag method."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:512
msgid "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, an acknowledgement email is automatically sent to the applicant. The email is created using an email template titled :guilabel:`Applicant: Acknowledgement`. This email template is pre-configured in Odoo, and contains dynamic placeholders for the job position, the recruiter's name, and the company's information. Once the email is sent, the email appears in the chatter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:523
msgid "When a date and time have been agreed upon for both the applicant and interviewer, the interview can be scheduled. To schedule an interview, whether a phone or in-person interview, click the :guilabel:`Meeting` smart button at the top of the applicant's record."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:527
msgid "The applicant's card can be found by navigating to the :menuselection:`Recruitment application` dashboard, click on a :guilabel:`New Applications` button in the job position card, then click on the applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:532
msgid "The meeting smart button will display :guilabel:`No Meeting` if no meetings are currently scheduled. For new applicants who are new to the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, this will be the default. If there are any meetings already scheduled, the smart button will display :guilabel:`Next Meeting` with the date of the upcoming meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:537
msgid "Doing so loads the *Calendar* application, showing the currently scheduled meetings and events for the user. The meetings and events displayed are for the employees who are listed under the :guilabel:`Attendees` section on the right side of the calendar view. To change the currently loaded meetings and events being displayed, uncheck the person who's calendar events are to be hidden. Only the checked attendees will be visible on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:543
msgid "The default view is the week view. To change the calendar view, click on a button to present the calendar in a different view, either :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year`. To change the displayed date range for the calendar, either use the :guilabel:`⬅️ (Left)`, :guilabel:`➡️ (Right)`, or :guilabel:`Today` buttons above the calendar, or click on a date in the calendar on the right side of the displayed calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "The calendar view, highlighting how to change the displayed meetings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:553
msgid "To add a meeting to the calendar, click on the day the meeting is to take place, or click on the start time of the meeting and drag to the end time, to select the date, time, and the length of the meeting. If the calendar is displaying the day or week view, click on the day *and* the time slot the meeting is to take place. A :guilabel:`New Event` pop up appears, with the :guilabel:`Meeting Subject` populated with the applicant card's :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name`. The default time slot is 30 minutes. If the information is correct, click :guilabel:`Create` to add the meeting to the calendar, or click :guilabel:`Edit` to modify the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:561
msgid "If :guilabel:`Edit` is clicked, an expanded :guilabel:`New Event` card loads. Make any changes needed to the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:565
msgid "New event card"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:567
msgid "The fields available to populate or modify on the detailed :guilabel:`New Event` card are as follows. The only required fields to enter are the :guilabel:`Meeting Subject`, :guilabel:`Starting At`, and :guilabel:`Ending At` fields. Once the card details are entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes and create the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:572
msgid ":guilabel:`Meeting Subject`: enter the subject for the meeting. This should clearly indicate the purpose of the meeting. The default subject is the :guilabel:`Subject/Application Name` on the applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:575
msgid ":guilabel:`Attendees`: select the people who should be in attendance. The default employee listed is the person who is creating the meeting. Add as many other people as desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:579
msgid "Meeting details tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:581
msgid ":guilabel:`Starting At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and time for the meeting start time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:583
msgid ":guilabel:`Ending At`: using the drop-down calendar, select the date and time for the meeting end time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:585
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: this field auto populates based on the :guilabel:`Starting At` and :guilabel:`Ending At` times entered. If the meeting time is adjusted, this field automatically adjusts to the correct duration length."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:588
msgid ":guilabel:`All Day`: if the meeting is an all day long event, check the box next to :guilabel:`All Day`. After this box is checked, the :guilabel:`Duration` field is hidden from view, a well as the meeting start and end times."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:591
msgid ":guilabel:`Organizer`: the employee who created the meeting is populated in this field. Use the drop-down menu to change the selected employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:593
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a brief description in this field. There is an option to enter formatted text, such as numbered lists, headings, tables, as well as links, photos, and more. Use the powerbox feature, by typing a `/`, and a list of options are presented. Scroll through the options and click on the desired item. The item appears in the field and can be modified. Each command presents a different pop-up window. Follow the instructions for each command to complete the entry."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:599
msgid ":guilabel:`Reminders`: select a reminder from the drop-down menu. Options include :guilabel:`Notification`, :guilabel:`Email`, and :guilabel:`SMS Text Message`, each with a specific time period before the event (hours, days, etc). The reminder chosen will alert the meeting participants of the meeting via the selected option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:603
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: enter the location for the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:604
msgid ":guilabel:`Meeting URL`: if the meeting is virtual, enter the meeting link in this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:605
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: select any tag(s) for the meeting using the drop-down menu. There is no limit to the number of tags that can be used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:611
msgid ":guilabel:`Recurrent`: if the meeting should repeat at a selected interval (not typical for a first interview), check the box next to :guilabel:`Recurrent`. This reveals a recurrence section. Enter the details for how often the meeting should repeat, including an end time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:614
msgid ":guilabel:`Privacy`: select the visibility of this meeting. Options are :guilabel:`Public`, :guilabel:`Private`, and :guilabel:`Only internal users`. :guilabel:`Public` allows for everyone to see the meeting, :guilabel:`Private` allows only the attendees listed on the meeting to see the meeting, and :guilabel:`Only internal users` allows anyone logged into the company database to see the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:619
msgid ":guilabel:`Show as`: select from the drop-down whether the meeting time should appear as :guilabel:`Busy` or :guilabel:`Available` in the attendees' schedules. Setting this field to :guilabel:`Available` allows other meetings to be scheduled for the same time. It is recommended to set this field to :guilabel:`Busy`, so no other meetings can be scheduled for the attendees at the same time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "A new meeting card with all the details populated, and ready to save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:630
msgid "Send meeting to attendees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:632
msgid "Once changes have been entered and the meeting details are correct, the meeting can be sent to the attendees via email or text message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:635
msgid "To send the meeting via email, click the :guilabel:`Email` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` email configurator pop-up appears. A pre-formatted email using the default :guilabel:`Calendar: Event Update` email template populates the email body field. The followers of the document (job application), as well as the user who created the meeting are added as :guilabel:`Recipients` by default. Add the applicant's email address to the list to send the email to the applicant as well. Make any other desired changes to the email. If an attachment is needed, click the :guilabel:`Attach A File` button, navigate to the file, then click :guilabel:`Open`. Once the email is ready to be sent, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Enter the information to send the event via email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:648
msgid "To send the meeting via text message, click the :guilabel:`SMS` button next to the list of attendees. A :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up appears. At the top, in a blue box, information appears regarding the message. The first line lists how many records (phone numbers) are selected. The second line lists the number of recipients and how many of them are invalid. If a contact does not have a valid phone number listed, click :guilabel:`Close`, and edit the attendee's record, then redo these steps."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:656
msgid "It is *not* recommended to check the box to send to all the records in the :guilabel:`Send SMS Text Message` pop-up. This would send a message to all contacts with a valid phone number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:659
msgid "When the message reads :guilabel:`0 are invalid`, type in the message to be sent in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Beneath the message field, the number of characters, as well as the amount of text messages required to send the message (according to GSM7 criteria) appears. Click :guilabel:`Put In Queue` to have the text sent later, after any other messages are scheduled, or click :guilabel:`Send Now` to send the message immediately."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Send a text message to the attendees of the meeting."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:670
msgid "Sending text messages is not a default capability with Odoo. To send text messages, credits are required, which need to be purchased. For more information on IAP credits and plans, refer to the :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:677
msgid "Second interview"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:679
msgid "After an applicant has passed the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:684
msgid "When the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Second Interview` stage, there are no automatic activities or emails configured for this stage, unlike for the :guilabel:`First Interview` stage. The recruiter can now :ref:`schedule a second interview <recruitment/schedule-meetings>` with the applicant, following the same process as for the first interview."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:692
msgid "Contract proposal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:694
msgid "When the applicant has passed the interview stages and an offer is ready to be sent, they can be moved to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage. Drag and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage, or click on the :guilabel:`Contract Proposal` stage button at the top right of the individual applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:699
msgid "The next step is to send an offer to the applicant. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Generate Offer` button. A :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up appears. All fields are pre-populated with information from the job position, except for the :guilabel:`Force New Cars List`, :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`, and the :guilabel:`Canteen Cost` (this is set to `0.00`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:706
msgid "Not all fields may appear on the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. Depending on the localization setting for the company and the applications installed, some fields may not appear. For example if the *Fleet* application is not installed, the fields related to vehicles will not appear on the pop-up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:712
msgid "Universal fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:714
msgid "The following fields appear for all offers sent to applicants regardless of localization settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:716
msgid ":guilabel:`Offer Template`: the template currently being used to populate the :guilabel:`Generate a Simulation Link` pop-up. To modify the template, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:719
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Title`: the name of the position being offered to the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:720
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: the date the contract takes effect. The default date is the current date. To modify the date, click the drop-down to reveal a calendar. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrows on either side of the month to navigate to the desired month, then click on the :guilabel:`day` to select the date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:724
msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost`: the annual salary being offered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:725
msgid ":guilabel:`Offer Link`: this link takes the applicant to a webpage where they can enter their personal information, which will be imported to their employee record when created. If applicable, the applicant can modify their salary package (this option is not available for all localizations). Lastly, this is where the applicant accepts the offer by clicking :guilabel:`Review Contract & Sign` to accept the contract and sign it using the *Sign* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:733
msgid "The *Sign* application must be installed in order for a document to be signed. Ensure the *Sign* application is installed to use this feature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:739
msgid "The following fields will only appear if specific localization settings are selected, and/or certain applications are installed. For example if the *Fleet* application is not installed, none of the optional fields related to vehicles will appear, such as :guilabel:`Force New Cars List` or :guilabel:`Default Vehicle`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:744
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: the official title of the job being offered to the applicant, from the :guilabel:`Job Position` card. To modify the name, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:747
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: the department the job position falls under. To modify the department, click the :guilabel:`External link` icon to the right of the drop-down arrow. Make any changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:750
msgid ":guilabel:`Force New Cars List`: check this box to offer a new vehicle to the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:751
msgid ":guilabel:`Default Vehicle`: using the drop-down menu, select the vehicle that will be assigned to the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:753
msgid ":guilabel:`Canteen Cost`: enter the amount that is offered to the applicant for the cafeteria."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:754
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of contract that is being offered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Format the offer to send to the applicant. Make any modifications before sending."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:762
msgid "Send offer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:764
msgid "To send the offer to the applicant, click :guilabel:`Send`. If the applicant does not have an email address listed on their applicant card, the applicant form appears so their email can be configured. If there is already an email configured on the applicant's card, the email pop-up appears instead. If prompted with the applicant's card, enter the applicant's email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field, then click :guilabel:`Save`. The applicant form closes and the email pop-up appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:770
msgid "The :guilabel:`Applicant: Your Salary Package` email template is used, and the :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Subject`, and email body are pre-populated based on the email template. If any attachments need to be added, click the :guilabel:`Attachments` button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to attach it to the email. The attachment loads, and is listed above the :guilabel:`Attachments` button. Once the email is ready to send, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:778
msgid "To send an offer, ensure the *Sign* application is installed. This is necessary so the offer can be sent to the applicant by the recruiter. The applicant does not need any software installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Send an email to the applicant with a link to the offered salary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:788
msgid "Contract signed"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:790
msgid "Once the applicant has accepted the offer and signed the contract, the next step is to move the applicant to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage. To move the applicant to the next stage, drag and drop the applicant's card to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, or click the :guilabel:`More` button at the top of the applicant's card to reveal the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage button at the top of the individual applicant's card, and click :guilabel:`Contract Signed`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:797
msgid "The :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage is folded in the kanban view, but the card may still be dragged and dropped into that stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:800
msgid "Once the applicant's card moves to the :guilabel:`Contract Signed` stage, a green :guilabel:`Hired` banner appears in the top right of the applicant's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:-1
msgid "Hired banner in the top right corner of applicant card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:808
msgid "Create employee"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:810
msgid "Once the applicant has been hired, the next step is to create an employee record of them. On the applicant's card, click the :guilabel:`Create Employee` button in the top left. An employee form appears, and any information from the applicant's card that can be imported into the employee card appears in the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:815
msgid "Fill out the rest of the form. For detailed information on the fields, refer to the :doc:`employees/new_employee` documentation. When done, click :guilabel:`Save`. The employee record is now saved in the *Employees* app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:5
msgid "In the default :menuselection:`Recruitment` dashboard view, all job positions are shown, regardless of status. Current published positions with active applicants are shown, as well as job positions that have been created but have not yet been published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:9
msgid "Each job position is shown in an individual kanban card. If the job position is active and candidates can apply, then a :guilabel:`Published` banner will appear in the top-right corner of the card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:13
msgid "View submitted applications by clicking anywhere on a job position card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Main dashboard view of Recruitment showing all job positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:20
msgid "Create a new job position"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:22
msgid "Create a new job position from the main Recruitment dashboard by clicking the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:25
msgid "Then, a :guilabel:`Create a Job Position` pop-up window will appear. From here, enter the name of the position (such as `Sales Manager`, `Mechanical Engineer`, etc.). When complete, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to save the entry, or the :guilabel:`Discard` button to delete it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Create a new job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:33
msgid "Once the job position has been created, it will appear as a card in the kanban view on the main :guilabel:`Recruitment` dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:37
msgid "Edit a new job position"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:39
msgid "After the job position is created, it's time to enter the details for the position. Click on the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon in the upper-right corner of the relevant card to reveal several options, and then click :guilabel:`Configuration` to edit the details."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Edit the job position card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:47
msgid "Enter the job description in the :guilabel:`Job Summary` tab. This information is what is visible to potential applicants when searching for available jobs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:53
msgid "All the basic information about the job position is listed under the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab. None of the fields are required, but it is a good idea to provide at least a few details, such as where the job is located."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:57
msgid "The fields can be filled out as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the relevant department for the job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Job Location`: select the physical address for the job."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Employment Type`: select what type of position the job is, such as :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company the job is for."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Target`: enter the number of employees to be hired for this position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:65
msgid ":guilabel:`Is Published`: activate this option to publish the job online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: select the website where the job will be published."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Recruiter`: select the person who will be doing the recruiting for this role."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:68
msgid ":guilabel:`Interviewers`: select who should perform the interview(s). Multiple people can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:70
msgid ":guilabel:`Interview Form`: select an :ref:`Interview form <interview>` that applicants will fill out prior to their interview."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: select a contract template that will be used when offering the job to a candidate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:74
msgid ":guilabel:`Process Details` section: this section contains information that is displayed online for the job position. This informs the applicants of the timeline and steps for the recruitment process, so they know when to expect a reply."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:78
msgid ":guilabel:`Time to Answer`: enter the number of days before the applicant is contacted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Process`: enter the various stages the candidate will go through during the recruitment process."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Days to get an Offer`: enter the number of days before the applicant should expect an offer after the recruitment process has ended."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:85
msgid "The :guilabel:`Process Details` section is a text field. All answers are typed in rather than selected from a drop-down menu. The text is displayed on the website exactly as it appears in this tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Enter job information details in the recruitment tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:96
msgid "Create interview form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:98
msgid "An *Interview Form* is used to determine if a candidate is a good fit for a job position. Interview forms can be as specific or general as desired, and can take the form of a certification, an exam, or a general questionnaire. Interview forms are determined by the recruitment team."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:102
msgid "All interview forms must be created, there are no pre-configured forms in Odoo. To create an interview form, start from the recruitment tab of the :guilabel:`Job Position` form. In the :guilabel:`Interview Form` field, enter a name for the new interview form. As the name is typed, several options populate beneath the entry, :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, :guilabel:`View all`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit...`. and a :guilabel:`Create Interview Form` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:110
msgid "The option :guilabel:`View all` only appears if there are any interview forms already created. If no interview forms exist, the only options available are :guilabel:`Create (interview form name)`, and :guilabel:`Create and edit...`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:114
msgid "First, enter a name for the form in the :guilabel:`Name` field. This should be indicative of when the form should be used. For example, is the form specific to a job position, or is it a general form that can be used for all recruitment scenarios?"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:118
msgid "Next, select what kind of interview form is being created. The default is :guilabel:`Custom`, which is pre-selected. The various options are :guilabel:`Survey`, :guilabel:`Live session`, :guilabel:`Assessment`, :guilabel:`Custom`, and :guilabel:`Appraisal`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:122
msgid "Then select the person responsible for the form from the drop-down menu for the :guilabel:`Responsible` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:125
msgid "If desired, an image can be added to the interview form. Mouse over the camera icon on the far right and a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon appears. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "The top portion of the new interview form with everything filled out and selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:135
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:351
msgid "Questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:137
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Questions` tab, click on :guilabel:`Add a section` to add a section to the form. A line appears, and a section heading can be entered. When complete, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new section on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:141
msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Add a question` to add a question to the section. A :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up window appears where the question details are entered. Type out the question in the top line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:145
msgid "There are several :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`: a multiple choice question that only allows the candidate to select one answer"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a multiple choice question that allows the candidate to select multiple answers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: allows the applicant to enter several lines of text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`: limits the applicant to only a single line of text"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`: only allows a number to be entered"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:154
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`: a calendar module is presented to select a date"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:155
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`: a calendar module and a clock icon is presented to select a date and time"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:156
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`: a customizable table that allows the candidate to choose an answer for each row"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:159
msgid "After selecting a question type, a sample question appears in gray. This represents how the question will be displayed to applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Add a new question to the interview form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:166
msgid "Questions and sections can be reorganized. Move them by clicking and dragging individual section headings or question lines to their desired position(s)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:169
msgid "Sections are indicated by a gray background, while questions have a white background."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "A sample of categories and questions for a candidate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:176
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:269
msgid "Answers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:178
msgid "If :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`, :guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`, :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`, or :guilabel:`Matrix` is selected for the :guilabel:`Question Type`, an :guilabel:`Answers` tab appears beneath the question. If another question type is selected, the :guilabel:`Answers` tab remains hidden from view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:185
msgid "Multiple choice"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:187
msgid "For both the :guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed` question type, the answers are populated in the same way."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:190
msgid "First, in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. A line appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer line appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:194
msgid "If desired, an image can be attached to the answer. Click on a line to select it, and an :guilabel:`Upload your file` button appears on the right side. Click the :guilabel:`Upload your file` button and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the image file, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:199
msgid "Repeat this for all the answers to be added for the multiple choice question. The answers can be rearranged in any order. To move an answer, click on the six small squares on the far left of each answer line, and drag the answer to the desired position. The order the answers appear in the form is the order the answers will appear online."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:204
msgid "To delete a line, click on the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash can)` icon on the far right side of the answer line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0
msgid "Answers to a multiple choice question, where each line has a different answer listed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:211
msgid "Single Line Text Box"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:213
msgid "If the :guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` question type is selected, only two checkboxes appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:216
msgid ":guilabel:`Input must be an email`: activate this option if the answer must be in the format of an email address."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:219
msgid ":guilabel:`Save as user email?`: this option appears if :guilabel:`Input must be an email` is selected. This saves the email entered on the form as the user's email, and will be used anytime Odoo contacts the user via email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:223
msgid ":guilabel:`Save as user nickname?`: activate this option to populate the answer as the user's nickname. This is stored and used anywhere Odoo uses a nickname."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0
msgid "The three possible checkboxes that can appear if a single line of text is selected\n"
"for the question type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:231
msgid "Matrix"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:233
msgid "Sometimes, a question is asked that does not fit a standard answer format, and is best suited for a matrix. For example, asking an applicant what is their availability to work compared to the various shifts is a perfect question for a matrix format. In this example, an applicant can click on all the shifts they are available to work."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:238
msgid "For a :guilabel:`Matrix` question type, there are two sets of data that need to be input. The rows and columns must both be configured. The columns are represented by the :guilabel:`Choices` section, while the rows are configured in the :guilabel:`Rows` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:242
msgid "The method for populating both sections is the same. In the :guilabel:`Answers` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in either the :guilabel:`Choices` or :guilabel:`Row` section. A line appears, and an answer can be entered. After typing in the answer, click off the line, or press enter to lock in the new answer on the form and have another answer line appear. Repeat this for all answers for both the :guilabel:`Choices` and :guilabel:`Rows` sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:251
msgid "This is an example matrix that asks an applicant what shifts they are available to work on Saturdays and Sundays, either morning, afternoon, or evening."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:255
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:440
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:257
msgid "Enter any information that may be helpful to an applicant. This description will appear for this specific question only, and therefore should be question-specific and not generalized."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:261
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:345
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:263
msgid "To view the options that are available to set for a question, click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. The :guilabel:`Layout`, :guilabel:`Constraints`, and :guilabel:`Live Sessions` sections are universal for all :guilabel:`Question Types`, while the :guilabel:`Answers` tab is specific to the :guilabel:`Question Type` selected, and changes based on the selection."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:271
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer` and :guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`: a :guilabel:`Show Comments Field` option appears. Activate the option to allow the applicant to answer the question by typing in an answer (or comment). A :guilabel:`Comment Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear if activated. Enter the text to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:278
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`: a :guilabel:`Placeholder` field appears. Enter any text that should appear with the question to help clarify how the applicant should answer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:280
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box` and :guilabel:`Numerical Value`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if what the applicant enters must be a numerical value, *and* needs to be verified. The answer can *only* be verified if it is a numerical entry. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the values for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum parameters. Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or directions to assist the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:287
msgid ":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Datetime`: a :guilabel:`Validate entry` option appears. Activate this option if the applicant's answer needs to be verified. When activated, several other options appear. Enter the date ranges for the :guilabel:`Min/Max Limits` in the two fields. Click on a field, either the :guilabel:`minimum` or :guilabel:`maximum`, and a calendar appears. Select the dates for the corresponding fields. Next, enter the text that appears when the answer given does not fit within the designated minimum and maximum dates. Last, enter any text in the :guilabel:`Placeholder` field to provide any additional information or directions to assist the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:295
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`: the first option that appears is :guilabel:`Matrix Type`. Select either :guilabel:`One choice per row` or :guilabel:`Multiple choices per row` using the drop-down menu. The next option is :guilabel:`Show Comments Field`. Activate the option if there should be a comment displayed to the applicant. If activated, a :guilabel:`Comment Message` and :guilabel:`Comment is an answer` field appear. Enter the text to appear in the :guilabel:`Comment Message` field. This should be an instruction helpful to the applicant, such as `If other, please specify`. Last, if the comment should be logged as the applicant's answer, activate the box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:304
msgid "Constraints"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:306
msgid "If the question is required to be answered by the applicant, activate the box next to :guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`. An :guilabel:`Error message` field appears, with some example text in gray (*This question requires an answer*). Enter the message that should appear if the applicant attempts to move on to the next question without answering this required one. The text should explain that the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:313
msgid "Layout"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:315
msgid "If the question should only appear if a previous question is answered in a specific way, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. A new :guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, select the previous question this new question is linked to. Once a previous question is selected, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Select the answer that must be selected in order for the new question to appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:322
msgid "To further illustrate a triggering question, the following is an example that is applicable to recruitment. The question, `Do you have experience with managing a sales team?` is already added. A new question is then added, `How many years of experience?`. This question should *only* appear if the applicant selected `Yes` to the question `Do you have prior experience managing a sales team?`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:328
msgid "To properly configure this example, activate the :guilabel:`Conditional Display` option. Then, select `Do you have experience with managing a sales team?` as the :guilabel:`Triggering Question`. Then, select :guilabel:`Yes` for the triggering answer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:0
msgid "The layout field when properly configured for a conditional question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:338
msgid "Live Sessions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:340
msgid "If the question is for a live session, activate the :guilabel:`Question Time Limit` option. A :guilabel:`seconds` field appears. Enter the amount of time allotted for the applicant to enter the answer, in seconds."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:347
msgid "Next, configure the various options for the interview form. Click the :guilabel:`Options` tab to view all the options to configure, by category."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:353
msgid ":guilabel:`Pagination`: choose how the questions should be displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:355
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`: display a single question on each page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:356
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`: display each section with the corresponding questions on an individual page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:358
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`: display all sections and questions at the same time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:362
msgid ":guilabel:`Display Progress as`: choose how to display the percentage of questions remaining to answer. This option only appears if either :guilabel:`One page per question` or :guilabel:`One page per section` is selected for :guilabel:`Pagination`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:366
msgid ":guilabel:`Percentage left`: display the remaining amount in a percentage (%)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:367
msgid ":guilabel:`Number`: display the remaining amount in a numerical value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:370
msgid ":guilabel:`Question Selection`: choose which questions are presented."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:372
msgid ":guilabel:`All questions`: display the entire form, with all questions form all sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:373
msgid ":guilabel:`Randomized per Section`: display only a random selection of questions from each section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:377
msgid ":guilabel:`Back Button`: activate this option if the applicant is able to click a back button to go back to previous questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:381
msgid "Although it is a selectable option, the :guilabel:`Randomized per section` option should only be used if receiving partial information/an incomplete survey from every applicant is acceptable to the business."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:386
msgid "Time & Scoring"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:388
msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`: activate this option to limit the time allowed to complete the form. When selected, a field to enter the minutes appears next to the checked box. Enter the time (using an XX:XX minute/second format) in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:391
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: choose how the questions should be scored."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:393
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`: select this option to not score the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:394
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`: select this option to score the form and display the correct answers for the candidate when they are finished with the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:396
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`: select this option to score the form but not display the answers to the candidate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:399
msgid ":guilabel:`Required Score (%)`: this option appears if one of the scoring options was selected. Enter the percentage the candidate needs to pass the exam (example, 80.00%). The entry should be written in an “XX.XX” format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:403
msgid ":guilabel:`Is a Certification`: activate this option if the form is a certification exam. When activated, a drop-down menu appears next to the checkbox. Select one of the default formats for the PDF certificate that will be sent to the candidate after completing the certification exam. Click the :guilabel:`Preview` button to view an example of the PDF certificate."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:407
msgid ":guilabel:`Certified Email Template`: if the :guilabel:`Is a Certification` box is activated, a :guilabel:`Certified Email Template` appears. Select the email template from the drop-down menu that is to be used when the applicant passes the test. Click the :guilabel:`External Link` icon to the right of the email template to preview the email."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:413
msgid "Participants"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:415
msgid ":guilabel:`Access Mode`: specify who can access the exam. Either :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` or :guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:417
msgid ":guilabel:`Require Login`: activate this option to require candidates to log in before taking the exam, whether they have a valid token or not."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:419
msgid ":guilabel:`Limit Attempts`: if there is a limit to how many times the exam can be taken, activate this box, then enter the maximum attempt number in the field next to it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:423
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:425
msgid ":guilabel:`Session Code`: enter the access code that will allow the viewers into the live exam session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:427
msgid ":guilabel:`Session Link`: the link appears in a box next to the :guilabel:`Session Link` option. Click the :guilabel:`Copy` button to copy the link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:429
msgid ":guilabel:`Reward quick answers`: if the exam is to be taken live, activate this option to award more points to participants who answer quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:432
msgid "After all fields have been entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the changes."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:-1
msgid "Various options to configure for the interview form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:442
msgid "When the applicant begins the survey, the text entered in this tab appears at the top of the survey page. Enter any information or descriptions that would be helpful to the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:446
msgid "End Message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:448
msgid "After the survey is complete, the message entered in this tab is displayed for the applicant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:3
msgid "Referrals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:5
msgid "Odoo's *Referrals* application is a centralized place where all information regarding referrals is housed, from points earned, coworkers hired, and rewards selected. Users can recommend people they know for job positions, then earn referral points as those people progress through the recruitment pipeline. Once enough referral points are earned, they can be exchanged for prizes. The Referrals application integrates with the *Employees*, *Recruitment*, and *Website* applications, all of which must be installed in order for the *Referrals* application to function."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:12
msgid "The only configuration needed for the Referrals application after it is installed are the :ref:`rewards <referrals/rewards>`; everything else is pre-configured when Odoo Referrals is installed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:16
msgid "Any user with either :guilabel:`Referral User`, :guilabel:`Officer`, or :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application has access to the Referrals application. Only user's with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application have access to the :ref:`reporting <referrals/reporting>` and configurations menus. For more information on users and access rights, refer to these documents: :doc:`../general/users/manage_users` and :doc:`../general/users/access_rights`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:24
msgid "Onboarding"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:26
msgid "When opening the *Referrals* application for the first time, a pre-configured onboarding script appears. This is in the form of four slides, each explaining the different parts of the Referrals application. At the top of the dashboard, the following message is displayed throughout all the onboarding slides: :guilabel:`GATHER YOUR TEAM! Job Referral Program`. Behind this main message is an image, and beneath it some more explanatory text."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:32
msgid "Each of the onboarding slides has a corresponding image and message that is displayed. After reading each message, click the :guilabel:`Next` button to advance to the next slide."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:35
msgid "The text that appears on each slide is as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:37
msgid ":guilabel:`Oh no! Villains are lurking the city! Help us recruit a team of superheroes to save the day!`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:39
msgid ":guilabel:`Browse through open job positions, promote them on social media, or refer friends.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Collect points and exchange them for awesome gifts in the shop.`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:41
msgid ":guilabel:`Compete against your colleagues to build the best justice league!`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:44
msgid "The onboarding slides will appear every time the Referrals application is opened, until all the slides have been viewed and the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked. If the onboarding is exited at any point, or if the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has *not* been clicked, the onboarding slides will begin again when the Referrals application is opened. Once the :guilabel:`Start Now` button has been clicked, the onboarding slides will not be seen again, and the main dashboard will load when the Referrals application is opened from that point on."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:51
msgid "At any point during onboarding, the :guilabel:`Skip` button may be clicked. This exits the onboarding, and the main Referrals dashboard loads. If :guilabel:`Skip` is clicked, onboarding slides will not load anymore when opening the Referrals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "An onboarding slide with the skip and next buttons visible at the bottom."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:60
msgid "If there are any candidates hired that the user had referred prior to opening the Referrals app (meaning the onboarding slides have not appeared before), when :guilabel:`Start Now` is clicked at the end of onboarding, instead of going to the main dashboard, a :ref:`hired <referrals/hired>` screen appears instead."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:66
msgid "Modifying onboarding slides"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:68
msgid "Onboarding slides can be modified if desired. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify onboarding slides. To edit a slide, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Onboarding.` Each line displays the text for the individual onboarding slide. To edit an onboarding slide, click on an individual slide line to open the slide's onboarding form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:74
msgid "Make any changes to the message in the :guilabel:`Text` box. To change the order the slide appear in the onboarding, the :guilabel:`Sequence` can be modified. Type in the corresponding number to indicate the order in which the slides should be displayed. A :guilabel:`Company` may be selected, however, if this field is populated, that slide will only be displayed for that particular company."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:79
msgid "The image can be modified as well. Hover over the image thumbnail in the top right corner of the form. A :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon appear. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon to change the image. A file navigator window loads. Navigate to the desired image, select it, then click :guilabel:`Open`. The new image appears in the thumbnail. To delete an image, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon, then select a new image using the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:86
msgid "To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete any changes and revert to the original content."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "An onboarding slide in edit mode, with the main fields highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:93
msgid "The order of the slides can also be changed directly in the Onboarding dashboard, without having to edit an individual onboarding slide. Click the up and down arrow symbol that appears after the checkbox and before the slide text, and drag the slide to the desired position. The :guilabel:`Sequence` automatically changes on all the slide's onboarding forms, reflecting the new sequence."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The onboarding slides in a list, with the drag and drop arrows highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:104
msgid "Share job positions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:106
msgid "In order to earn referral points, a user must first share a job position so the applicant can apply for the position. There are several ways to share job positions within the Referrals application, through the :ref:`View Jobs <referrals/view-jobs>` button and the :ref:`Email A Friend <referrals/email-jobs>` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:114
msgid "View Jobs"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:116
msgid "To see all job positions that are actively recruiting candidates, click the :guilabel:`View Jobs` button on the main Referrals dashboard. This presents all job positions, with each individual job presented in its own card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The 'View Jobs' screen, displaying all current open job positions. All information is\n"
"displayed on the card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:125
msgid "Each job position card contains the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:127
msgid "The title of the job position. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Job Position` field of the job form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:129
msgid "The number of positions being recruited. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Expected New Employees` field of the :guilabel:`Recruitment` tab of the job form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:131
msgid "The points a user will earn when an applicant applies for the position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:132
msgid "The job description detailing the job position. This information is taken from the :guilabel:`Job Position` tab of the job form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:135
msgid "To see all the details for a job position, click the :guilabel:`More Info` button on the specific card. This opens the job position webpage in a new browser tab. This is what an applicant sees before applying for a position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:140
msgid "Only published job positions will be visible in the Referrals app. To check which job positions are published or not, refer to the :doc:`recruitment/new_job` documentation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:144
msgid "Refer friends"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:146
msgid "To share a job position with someone, click the :guilabel:`Refer Friend` button on the specific job position card. A pre-configured :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` email pop-up window appears. Enter the recipient's email address in the :guilabel:`Email` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:150
msgid "The subject and body are populated using a default template. The subject `Job for you` appears, and can be modified if desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:153
msgid "The specific title of the job position will populate the :guilabel:`Job Position` placeholder in the email body. The `See Job Offer` text in the email body is an individualized tracking link to the specific job position listed on the website. When the prospective employee receives the email, the link will send them to the job position page, where they can apply for the position, and the person who referred them is tracked in the Referrals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:159
msgid "If desired, add any text or closing salutation to the email body. When all edits have been made, click :guilabel:`Send Email` to send the email, or click :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the email pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "Referral email pop-up window with the email message inside it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:168
msgid "Share a job"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:170
msgid "There are several other ways to share a job position aside from sending an email, via social media platforms and tracking links to the job position. At the bottom of each job position card are four icons and corresponding tracking links that can be used to share the job position, keeping track of applicants in the Referrals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The various sharing icons that appear for each job."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:180
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:182
msgid "To share the job position with a customized tracking link, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`🔗 (chain)` icon inside it. A :guilabel:`Link to Share` pop-up window appears with the tracking link. Click :guilabel:`Copy` to copy the link. After the link is copied, click the :guilabel:`Close` button to close the pop-up. Next, share the link with the prospective employee however desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:189
msgid "Facebook"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:191
msgid "To share the job position using Facebook, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` inside it. If the user is already logged into Facebook, when the :guilabel:`f (Facebook icon)` is clicked, a :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` page loads in a new tab, with the link populated in the main body of the new post. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to Facebook first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:197
msgid "Type in any additional information to add to the post, in the space directly below your name. If desired, :guilabel:`tag` users, :guilabel:`check-in` at a location, or add a :guilabel:`status` to the post. To tag a user, click the :guilabel:`Tag Friends` icon and select the people to tag to the post. To add a check-in location, click the :guilabel:`Check in` icon, and select the location from the pop-up of predetermined locations based on your current location. To add a :guilabel:`status`, click the :guilabel:`Feeling/Activity` icon, then select either the feeling or the activity type, and lastly, if an activity type was selected, select the specific activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:205
msgid "There are five methods to share the job position, :guilabel:`Your Story`, :guilabel:`Share on a Friend's Timeline`, :guilabel:`Share in a Group`, :guilabel:`Share in an Event`, and :guilabel:`Share in a Private Message`. To select the sharing method, click the drop-down menu located at the top of the page, directly beneath the :guilabel:`Share on Facebook` banner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The view on Facebook when sharing a job description. All the various ways to share are\n"
"highlighted, as are all the required settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:217
msgid "Share to news feed or story"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:219
msgid "The default sharing method is through the :guilabel:`News Feed`, :guilabel:`Story`, or both. At the lower portion of the form are radio buttons next to the two options, :guilabel:`Feed` (for the News Feed) and :guilabel:`Your Story` for stories. When :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` is selected, these buttons are active, if another option is selected, these radio buttons are greyed out. Activate the radio button(s) to indicate how the job position should be shared, either in the news feed, the story, or both."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:226
msgid "The :guilabel:`Share to news feed or story` option allows for specific privacy settings to be selected. In the lower right corner of the screen, there are two drop-down menu options, one for the :guilabel:`Feed` option, the other for the :guilabel:`Your story` option. Select the posting parameters from the drop-down menus. The :guilabel:`Feed` ad :guilabel:`Your story` options appear different from user to user, depending on what privacy settings have been created in Facebook. :guilabel:`Public` and :guilabel:`Friends` are default options, but other options that the user may have configured will appear as well, such as custom groups."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:234
msgid "When the post and/or story is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:237
msgid "Share on a friend's timeline"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:239
msgid "Instead of making a public post on the user's on Facebook page, the job position can be shared directly on a friend's timeline. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share on a Fried's Timeline`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:243
msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`Friend` field appears below the selection. Begin to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. **Only** one friend can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:247
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:262
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:276
msgid "When the post is ready to be shared, click the blue :guilabel:`Post to Facebook` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:250
msgid "Share in a group"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:252
msgid "To reach a specific audience and not share the job position publicly with everyone, a job can be shared in a group. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in a Group`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:256
msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`Group` field appears below the selection. The available groups that can be posted to are groups the user is currently a member of. Job positions cannot be shared with groups the user has not joined. Begin to type in the name of the group. As the group name is typed, a list appears, populated with the group names that match what is entered. Select the group from the list. Only one group can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:265
msgid "Share in an event"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:267
msgid "A job position can also be shared on an event page. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Event`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:270
msgid "When selected, an :guilabel:`Event` field appears below the selection. The available events that can be posted to are events the user is invited to. This includes events that the user has not responded to yet, and events that have occurred in the past. Begin to type in the name of the event. As the event name is typed, a list appears, populated with the events that match what is entered. Select the event from the list. Only one event can be selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:279
msgid "Share in a private message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:281
msgid "The last option is to share a job position privately instead of publicly, in a Facebook message. Click the :guilabel:`Share to News Feed or Story` drop-down menu near the top of the page, and select :guilabel:`Share in an Private Message`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:285
msgid "When selected, a :guilabel:`To` field appears below the selection. Begin to type in the friend's name. As the name is typed, a list appears, populated with names that match what is entered. Select the friend from the list. Multiple friends can be selected and added to a single message. Repeat this process for each friend to be added."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:290
msgid "When the message is ready to be sent, click the blue :guilabel:`Send message` button at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:294
msgid "X/Twitter"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:296
msgid "A job position can also be shared on X/Twitter. Click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the bird icon inside it. If the user is already signed in to X/Twitter, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` icon is clicked, an X/Twitter page loads in a new tab with a pre-populated message ready to post, in a draft pop-up. If the user is *not* already signed in, a sign-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to sign in to X/Twitter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:302
msgid "The default message is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:304
msgid ":guilabel:`Amazing job offer for (Job Position)! Check it live: (link to Job Position)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:306
msgid "Type in any additional information or make any edits to the message. If desired, click the :guilabel:`X` in the top left corner of the thumbnail preview of the webpage to remove it. To adjust the audience for the message, click the drop-down button labeled :guilabel:`Everyone`. Select the preferred audience from the drop-down menu. The default option is :guilabel:`Everyone`, and the other options is :guilabel:`Circle`. The :guilabel:`Circle` is a group of people that the user has selected in X/Twitter."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:313
msgid "The default setting is :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply`, an allows everyone on X/Twitter to reply to the message. To change this, click the :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Everyone can reply` button in the lower left section of the message. There are four options presented: :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Accounts you follow`, :guilabel:`Verified accounts`, and :guilabel:`Only accounts you mention`. Selecting one of the other options restricts who can reply to the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:319
msgid "There are various other items that can be added to the message. Media (photos, videos, etc), GIF's, polls, emojis, and a location may all be added. Click the corresponding icon in the bottom left of the message and follow the prompts to add the desired additional elements."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:323
msgid "To have the message posted at a future date and time, click the :guilabel:`Schedule` icon in the lower left of the message window. It is the fifth icon from the left. Enter the date and time that the message should be posted using the date and time selector presented. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the scheduled time to the message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:328
msgid "To post the message, click :guilabel:`Post`. The message will be immediately posted, or, if it was scheduled, will be posted at the scheduled date and time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The X/Twitter pop-up when sharing a job description. All the other items than can be added\n"
"to the message are highlighted, as is the visibility setting and the post button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:337
msgid "LinkedIn"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:339
msgid "To share a job position on LinkedIn, click the :guilabel:`Share Now` button with the :guilabel:`in (LinkedIn logo)` inside it. If the user is already logged into LinkedIn, when the :guilabel:`Share Now` button is clicked, a new tab loads in LinkedIn, with a link to the job position at the top. If the user is *not* already logged in, a log-in screen loads instead, prompting the user to log-in to LinkedIn first."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:345
msgid "The job position can be shared either in a public post, or in a private message to an individual or group of individuals."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:349
msgid "Share in a post"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:351
msgid "To share the job position in a public post, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil) Share in a post` button in the lower-left corner of the screen. A :guilabel:`Create a post` window loads, with the job position link populated. Enter any other information to the post in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:355
msgid "To change the audience that will see the post, click the :guilabel:`🌎 (globe) Anyone` drop-down, located directly beneath the account name. Click on the desired selection, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button on the far right side of the screen, beneath the last listed option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:359
msgid ":guilabel:`Anyone` allows anyone on LinkedIn to see the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only share the post with people who are connected with the user, and will be hidden from everyone else. :guilabel:`Group` shares the post with a specific group the user is a member of. The post can only be shared with one group; posting to multiple groups at once is not available. If :guilabel:`Group` is selected, a page loads with a list of all the groups the user is currently a member of. Click on a group to select it, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the lower right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:367
msgid "Next, select who can comment on the post. To change this setting, click on the :guilabel:`💬 (speech bubble) Anyone` button located beneath the body of the post. A page loads with the various options. Click on one of the three options to select it. The three options are :guilabel:`Anyone`, :guilabel:`Connections only`, and :guilabel:`No one`. The default option is :guilabel:`Anyone`, which allows anyone with a LinkedIn account to comment on the post. :guilabel:`Connections only` will only allow people who are connected with the user to comment on the post. :guilabel:`No one` turns off commenting. After making a selection, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the far lower right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:376
msgid "Finally, once the post is edited and the settings have been selected, click :guilabel:`Post` to share the job position."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "A linkedIn post to share a job. The job position is highlighted as is the post button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:384
msgid "Send as private message"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:386
msgid "Instead of making a public post, the post can be sent to a connection in a private message. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Send as private message` button in the lower left corner. A message window loads with the link to the job description in the bottom of the window. First, select the recipient(s) for the message. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Search for message recipients` field. As the name is typed in, any matching connections appear. Click on a connection to add them. Repeat this for all the recipients to send the message to. There is no limit on the number of connections that can be messaged. Next, enter any additional text in the message body. Click :guilabel:`Send` in the lower right corner to send the message. A :guilabel:`Message successfully sent!` screen loads. Two options are presented, :guilabel:`View Message` and :guilabel:`Continue to LinkedIn`. Click on the desired selection to navigate to that choice, or close the browser tab to exit."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:400
msgid "Email a friend"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:402
msgid "Another way to share job opportunities is to share the entire current list of open job positions instead of one job position at a time. To do this, navigate to the main *Referrals* app dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Email a friend` button at the bottom of the screen. A :guilabel:`Send Job Offer by Mail` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:407
msgid "Enter the email address(es) in the :guilabel:`Email` line. The email can be sent to multiple recipients, simply enter a comma followed by a single space after each email address. The :guilabel:`Subject` is pre-configured with `Job for you`, but can be edited."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:411
msgid "The email body is also populated with pre-configured text. The text that appears is:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:413
msgid "`Hello,`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:415
msgid "`There are some amazing job offers in my company! Have a look, they can be interesting for you`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:417
msgid "`See Job Offers`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:419
msgid "The `See Job Offers` text is a tracking link to a complete list of all job positions currently being recruited for, that are live on the company's website (published). Add any additional text and/or make any edits to the message body, then click :guilabel:`Send Mail` to send the email. The message will be sent and the window will close."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:427
msgid "Hired referrals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:429
msgid "When a candidate that has been referred by a user is hired, the user \"grows their superhero team\" and adds superhero avatars to their Referrals dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:432
msgid "After a referral has been hired, when the user next opens the Referrals app, instead of the main dashboard, a hired page loads. The text :guilabel:`(Referral Name) has been hired! Choose an avatar for your new friend!` appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:436
msgid "Below this message are five avatar thumbnails to choose from. If an avatar has already been assigned to a referral, the thumbnail is greyed out, and the name the avatar has been chosen for appears beneath the avatar. Click on an available avatar to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:440
msgid "If more than one referral was hired since opening the Referrals application, after selecting the first avatar, the user is prompted to select another avatar for the subsequent hired referral. Once all avatars have been selected, the dashboard loads and all the avatars are now visible. Mouse over each avatar and their name is displayed above them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "The hired screen. A selection of avatars are presented to chose from, with any already\n"
"chosen are greyed out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:451
msgid "Modify friends"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:453
msgid "Friend avatars are able to be modified in the same manner that :ref:`levels <referrals/levels>` are modified. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can make modifications to friends. The pre-configured friends can be seen and modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Friends`. Each friend avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` column, and the corresponding name appears in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` column. The default images are a motley group of hero characters, ranging from robots to dogs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:460
msgid "To modify a friend's dashboard image, thumbnail, name, or position, click on an individual friend to open the referral friend form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications. Type the name in the :guilabel:`Friend Name` field. The name is solely to differentiate the friends in the configuration menu; the friend's name is not visible anywhere else in the Referrals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:465
msgid "The :guilabel:`Position` can be set to either :guilabel:`Front` or :guilabel:`Back`. This determines the position of the friend in relation to the user's super hero avatar. Click the radio button next to the desired selection, and the friend will appear either in front of or behind the user's avatar when activated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:470
msgid "If desired, both the thumbnail :guilabel:`Image` and the :guilabel:`Dashboard Image` can be modified. Hover over the image being replaced to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:475
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:660
msgid "Once all changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click the :guilabel:`Discard` button to revert to the original information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "A friend form in edit mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:483
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:668
msgid "It is not advised to edit the images. An image file must have a transparent background in order for it to render properly. Only users with knowledge about transparent images should attempt adjusting any images in the Referrals application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:487
msgid "Once an image is changed and the friend is saved, it is **not possible** to revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:492
msgid "Referral points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:494
msgid "The referral program is based on earning points that are then exchanged for rewards. On the main Referrals application dashboard, the top displays a summary of the user's current points. The left side of the summary displays the total points earned, and the right side displays the points that are available to spend."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:499
msgid "To see the various referrals and the points earned for each, click on one of the buttons directly beneath the avatars. The options are :guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:503
msgid "The current number of referrals who are still active in the recruitment pipeline, and have not yet been hired or refused, appear above the :guilabel:`Ongoing` button. The number of referrals who have been hired appear above the :guilabel:`Successful` button. The total number of referrals (both the ongoing and successful referrals combined) appear above the :guilabel:`Referrals` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:509
msgid "To view the referrals associated with each of the categories, :guilabel:`Referrals`, :guilabel:`Ongoing`, and :guilabel:`Successful`, click on the corresponding button. All the referrals for that specific category are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:514
msgid "My referrals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:516
msgid "To see all the referrals (both ongoing and successful) click the :guilabel:`Referrals` button. A :guilabel:`My Referral` window loads. This screen displays all the referrals, with each referral in its own referral card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:520
msgid "A successful referral has a green line down the left side of the card, and displays a :guilabel:`✓ Hired` image in the top right corner of the card. Referrals that are in process display an :guilabel:`In Progress` image in the top right corner."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:524
msgid "Each referral card lists the name of the applicant, the department the job position is in, the name of the job position, the person responsible for filling the role (recruiter), and the points earned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:528
msgid "Points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:530
msgid "The points that can be earned for a referral are the same across all job positions. Each stage of the recruitment process has corresponding points assigned to it. The stages listed correspond to the stages configured in the *Recruitment* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:534
msgid "On each individual referral card, beneath the points earned is a bar chart that displays how many points have been earned out of the total possible points that can be earned if the applicant is hired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:538
msgid "Beneath the bar chart is a list of the various recruitment stages and the points earned when the referral moves to that stage. If a stage has been achieved and the points have been earned, a green check mark appears next to the stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:543
msgid "The pre-configured point structure for referrals is as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:545
msgid ":guilabel:`Initial Qualification`: 1 point"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:546
msgid ":guilabel:`First Interview`: 20 points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:547
msgid ":guilabel:`Second Interview`: 9 points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:548
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Proposal`: 5 points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:549
msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Signed`: 50 points"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:551
msgid "The total points earned for a referral that is hired is 85 points. Modifications of the points earned for each stage is done in the Recruitment application. Refer to the :ref:`Recruitment <recruitment/modify-stages>` documentation to modify the points for each stage."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:558
msgid "Rewards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:561
msgid "Create rewards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:563
msgid "The rewards are the only configurations needed when setting up the Referrals application. Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can create or modify rewards. To add rewards, navigate to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Rewards`. Click :guilabel:`Create` and a reward form loads. Enter the following information on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:568
msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: Enter the name as it should appear for the reward."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:569
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: Enter the amount of points required to redeem the reward."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:570
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: Using the drop-down menu, select the company the reward will appear for. If a reward is to be used for several companies, each company needs to have a record of the reward, with the company listed on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:573
msgid ":guilabel:`Gift Responsible`: Select the person who will be responsible for procuring and delivering the reward to the recipient, using the drop-down menu. This person is alerted when the reward is purchased, so they know when to deliver the reward to the recipient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:576
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Type in the description for the reward. This will be visible on the reward card, beneath the title."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:578
msgid ":guilabel:`Photo`: Add a photo of the reward, which appears on the rewards page. Hover over the image square, and two icons appear, a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` and a :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)`. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer appears. Navigate to the photo file, then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:583
msgid "The only required fields are the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Company`, and :guilabel:`Description`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "A filled out reward form with all details entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:591
msgid "It is advised to enter a :guilabel:`Cost` and add a :guilabel:`Photo`. If a cost is not entered, the default cost will be listed as zero, which would list the reward as free in the reward shop. If a photo is not selected, a placeholder icon will be displayed on the rewards page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:596
msgid "Redeem rewards"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:598
msgid "To redeem points for a reward, click the :guilabel:`Rewards` button on the main Referrals dashboard. All the configured rewards are listed in individual reward cards. The points required to purchase the reward is listed in the top right corner of the card. If the user has enough points to purchase a reward, a :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button appears at the bottom of the reward card. If they do not have enough points for a reward, the reward card displays :guilabel:`You need another (x) points to buy this` instead of a buy button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:605
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`🧺 (basket) Buy` button on a reward to purchase it. A confirmation pop-up appears, asking if the user is sure they want to purchase the reward. Click :guilabel:`OK` to purchase the item, or :guilabel:`Cancel` to close the window and cancel the purchase."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:609
msgid "After :guilabel:`OK` is clicked, the pop-up window closes, and the points used to purchase the reward are subtracted from the user's available points. The rewards presented are now updated to reflect the user's current available points."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "Buy button appears below a mug and backpack reward, while the bicycle reward states how\n"
"many more reward points are needed to redeem."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:621
msgid "Levels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:623
msgid "The referrals application has pre-configured levels that are reflected in the user's avatar on the Referrals dashboard. As a user refers potential employees and earns points, they can *level up*, much like in a video game."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:627
msgid "Levels have no functional impact on the performance of the application. They are solely used for the purpose of adding achievement tiers for participants to aim for, gamifying referrals for the user."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:630
msgid "The user's current level is displayed at the top of the main Referrals application dashboard, directly beneath their photo, in a :guilabel:`Level: X` format. In addition, a colored ring appears around the user's photo, indicating how many points the user currently has, and how many additional points they need to level up. The cyan colored portion of the ring represents points earned, while the white colored portion represents the points still needed before they can level up."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:637
msgid "Modify levels"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:639
msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can modify levels. The pre-configured levels can be seen and modified by navigating to :menuselection:`Referrals app --> Configuration --> Levels`. Each avatar appears in the :guilabel:`Image` column, and the corresponding level number appears in the :guilabel:`Level Name` column. The default images are of Odoo superheroes, and each level adds an additional element to their avatar, such as capes and shields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:646
msgid "To modify a level's image, name, or points required to reach the level, click on an individual level in the list to open the level form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to make modifications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:649
msgid "Type in the name or number of the level in the :guilabel:`Level Name` field. What is entered is displayed beneath the user's photo on the main dashboard when they reach that level. Enter the number of referral points needed to reach that level in the :guilabel:`Requirements` field. The points needed to level up are the total accumulated points earned over the lifetime of the employee, not additional points from the previous level that must be earned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:655
msgid "If desired, the :guilabel:`Image` can also be modified. Hover over the image to reveal a :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and :guilabel:`🗑️ (garbage can)` icon. Click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon and a file explorer window appears. Navigate to the desired image file then click :guilabel:`Open` to select it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "A level form in edit mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:672
msgid "Once an image is changed and the level is saved, it is **not possible** to revert to the original image. To revert to the original image, the Referrals application must be *uninstalled then reinstalled.*"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:677
msgid "Level up"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:679
msgid "Once enough points have been accumulated to level up, the circle around the user's photo is completely filled in with a cyan color, a large image stating :guilabel:`Level up!` appears above the photo, and the phrase :guilabel:`Click to level up!` appears beneath the user's photo and current level."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:684
msgid "Click on either the :guilabel:`LEVEL UP!` graphic, the user's photo, or the text :guilabel:`Click to level up!` beneath the user's photo to level up the user. The user's avatar changes to the current level, and the ring around the photo is updated to indicate the current amount of points."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:688
msgid "Leveling up does not cost the user any points, the user simply needs to earn the specified amount of points required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "A 'Click to level up!' appears beneath the user's image, and a large 'Level up!' appears\n"
"above their image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:697
msgid "Once a user has reached the highest configured level, they will continue to accrue points that can be redeemed for rewards, but they are no longer able to level up. The ring around their photo remains solid cyan."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:702
msgid "Alerts"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:704
msgid "In the Referrals application, it is possible to post a message, also referred to as an *alert*, at the top of the dashboard to share important information with users. These alerts appear as a thin semi-transparent banner, with the word :guilabel:`New!` appearing on the far left. The text for the alert is in the center of the banner, and on the far right side is an :guilabel:`X`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:709
msgid "Alerts appear on the main dashboard for the specified time configured on the individual alert. If a user does not wish to see a specific alert again, click the :guilabel:`X` in the far right side of the alert. This removes the alert from the dashboard and will not appear again, even when opening the Referrals application for the first time in a new session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "Two alert banners appear above the user's photo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:719
msgid "Create an alert"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:721
msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application can create alerts. To add a new alert, navigate to the :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Configuration --> Alerts`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:725
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` and a blank alert form loads. Enter the following information on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:727
msgid ":guilabel:`Date From`: The date the alert starts. On this date, the alert will be visible on the dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:729
msgid ":guilabel:`Date To`: The date the alert ends. After this date, the alert will be hidden from view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:730
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: The current company populates this field by default. To modify the company the alert should be displayed for, select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field remains blank, the alert is visible to everyone with access to the Referrals application. If a company is specified, only user's within that company (who also have access to the Referrals application) will see the alert."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:735
msgid ":guilabel:`Alert`: Enter the text for the alert. This message appears inside the alert banner on the main dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:737
msgid ":guilabel:`On Click`: There are three options for the alert. Click the radio button next to the desired selection. The options are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:740
msgid ":guilabel:`Not Clickable`: The alert only displays text, there is no link to click."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:741
msgid ":guilabel:`Go to All Jobs`: The alert contains a link that when clicked, navigates to the website with all the currently posted job positions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:743
msgid ":guilabel:`Specify URL`: The alert contains a link to a specific URL, that when clicked, navigates to that URL. When selected, a :guilabel:`URL` field appears below the :guilabel:`On Click` section. Enter the URL in the field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:-1
msgid "An alert form completely filled in with all selections entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:756
msgid "Only users with :guilabel:`Administrator` rights for the Recruitment application have access to the Reporting feature in Referrals. To access the reports, click :menuselection:`Referrals application --> Reporting`. The main view is the Reporting Dashboard view, which contains three sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:760
msgid "In the top portion of the window, the report displays a bar chart of how many referred candidates are hired, and how many are still in the hiring pipeline. The candidates are further divided by channel, showing specifically where the referral came from, such as a direct referral, Facebook, etc. If a channel does not appear on the report, that indicates there are no referrals from that particular channel."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:766
msgid "The middle third provides all the specific data that has been tracked. This includes how many total points have been earned across all referrals, how many applicants were referred, hired, or refused, how many applicants the current logged-in user referred, how many total points were earned, and how many points were given for refused applicants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:771
msgid "The bottom third displays a pivot table. This table can be inserted into a new or existing spreadsheet. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button right above the chart. A pop-up appears, asking which spreadsheet to insert the pivot chart into. Select the desired spreadsheet from the drop-down menu, or select :guilabel:`New Spreadsheet`. Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and the selected spreadsheet loads, with the new table in it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/referrals.rst:778
msgid "The spreadsheet is stored in the *Documents* application. This application needs to be installed in order to use the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:3
msgid "Time Off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:5
msgid "Odoo's *Time Off* application is a centralized place, where all time off information is housed. The *Time Off* app manages everything related to requests, balances, allocations, approvals, and reports."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:9
msgid "Users can :ref:`request time off <time_off/request-time-off>`, managers can :ref:`approve time off requests <time_off/approve-time-off>`, :ref:`allocate time off <time_off/allocate>` to individuals, teams, or the whole company, :ref:`reports <time_off/reporting>` can be run to see how much time off (and what kinds of time off) are being used, :ref:`accrual plans <time_off/accrual-plans>` can be created, and :ref:`public holidays <time_off/public-holidays>` can be set."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:16
msgid "Be advised, only users with specific access rights can see all aspects of the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:19
msgid "All users can access the :guilabel:`My Time Off` and :guilabel:`Overview` sections of the *Time Off* application. All other sections require specific access rights."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:22
msgid "To better understand how access rights affect the *Time Off* application, refer to the :doc:`/applications/hr/employees/new_employee` document, specifically the section about configuring the work information tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:29
msgid "In order to allocate time off to employees, and for employees to request and use their time off, the various time off types must be configured first, then allocated to employees (if allocation is required)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:36
msgid "Time off types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:38
msgid "To view the currently configured time off types, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off application --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. The time off types are presented in a list view. The *Time Off* application comes with four types of time off pre-configured: :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, and :guilabel:`Compensatory Days`. Any of these may be modified to suit the needs of the businesses, or can be used as-is."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:45
msgid "Create time off type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:47
msgid "To create a new time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. From here, click the :guilabel:`Create` button to reveal a blank time off type form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:50
msgid "Enter the name for the particular type of time off in the blank line at the top of the form, such as `Sick Time` or `Vacation`. Then, enter the following information on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:54
msgid "Time off requests section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:56
msgid ":guilabel:`Approval`: select what specific kind of approval is required for the time off type. The options are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`No Validation`: no approvals are required when requesting this type of time off. The time off request is automatically approved when requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`By Time Off Officer`: only the specified :ref:`Time Off Officer <time_off/time-off-officer>`, set on this form in the :guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer` field, is required to approve the time off request. This option is selected by default."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver`: only the employee's specified approver for time off, which is set on the *Work Information* tab on the :ref:`employee's form <employees/work-info-tab>`, is required to approve the time off request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`By Employee's Approver and Time Off Officer`: both the employee's :ref:`specified time off approver<employees/work-info-tab>` and the :ref:`Time Off Officer <time_off/time-off-officer>` are required to approve the time off request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`: select the person responsible for approving requests and allocations for this specific type of time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Take Time Off in`: select the format the time off is requested from the drop-down menu. The options are:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:78
msgid ":guilabel:`Day`: if time off can only be requested in full day increments (8 hours)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if time off can only be requested in half day increments (4 hours)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:80
msgid ":guilabel:`Hours`: if the time off can be taken in hourly increments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Deduct Extra Hours`: tick this box if the time off request should factor in any extra time accrued by the employee"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:86
msgid "For example, if an employee worked two (2) extra hours for the week, and requests five (5) hours of time off, the request would be for three (3) hours, since the two (2) additionally worked hours are used first, and deducted from the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`Allow To Join Supporting Document`: tick this box to allow the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:93
msgid ":guilabel:`Kind of Leave`: select from the drop-down menu the type of leave this time off type is, either :guilabel:`Time Off` or :guilabel:`Other`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:95
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if multiple companies are created in the database, and this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to all companies in the database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:100
msgid "Allocation requests section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:102
msgid ":guilabel:`Requires allocation`: if the time off must be allocated to employees, select :guilabel:`Yes`. If the time off can be requested without time off being previously allocated, select :guilabel:`No Limit`. If :guilabel:`No Limit` is selected, the following options do not appear on the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:106
msgid ":guilabel:`Employee Requests`: select :guilabel:`Extra Days Requests Allowed` if the employee is able to request more time off than was allocated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:110
msgid "For example, if ten (10) days are allocated to the employee for this particular type of time off, and this option is enabled, the employee may submit a request for more than ten (10) days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:113
msgid "If employees should **not** be able to make requests for more time off than what was allocated, select the :guilabel:`Not Allowed` option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:116
msgid ":guilabel:`Approval`: select the type of approval(s) required for the allocation of this particular type of time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`No validation needed` indicates that no approvals are required."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:120
msgid ":guilabel:`Approved by Time Off Officer` indicates the :ref:`Time Off Officer <time_off/time-off-officer>` set on this form must approve the allocation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:122
msgid ":guilabel:`Set by Time Off Officer` indicates that the :ref:`Time Off Officer <time_off/time-off-officer>` set on this form must allocate the time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:126
msgid "Payroll section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:128
msgid "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the *Payroll* application, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-down list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:132
msgid "Timesheets section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:135
msgid "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to access the developer mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:138
msgid "When an employee takes time off and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates entries in the timesheet for the time off. This section defines how they are entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:141
msgid ":guilabel:`Project`: select the project that the time off type entries appear in."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:142
msgid ":guilabel:`Task`: select the task that appears in the timesheet for this time off type. The options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:146
msgid "Display option section"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:148
msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color to be used in the *Time Off* application dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: select an icon to be used in the *Time Off* application dashboard."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:152
msgid "The only required fields on the time off type form are the name of the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, the :guilabel:`Approval`, the :guilabel:`Responsible Time Off Officer`, :guilabel:`Take Time Off in`, :guilabel:`Kind of Leave`, and the :guilabel:`Allocation Requests` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Time off type form with all the information filled out for sick time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:163
msgid "Accrual plans"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165
msgid "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn or *accrue* a specified amount of time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169
msgid "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty (40) hour work week, they earn a whole vacation day (8 hours)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:174
msgid "Create accrual plan"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176
msgid "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, which reveals a blank accrual plan form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:179
msgid "Enter the accrual plan name in the :guilabel:`Name` field. If the accrual plan only applies to a specific time off type, select it from the drop-down menu. If this accrual plan is available for all time off types, leave this field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183
msgid "Next, select how the :guilabel:`Level Transition` occurs, either :guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period`. By default, the first level begins once the time off is approved if the time off is based on an accrual plan. If :guilabel:`Immediately` is selected, then the next level begins according to the time frame set on the level. If :guilabel:`After this accrual's period` is selected, the next level does not begin until the first level is completed according to the rules set on it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193
msgid "Rules must be created in order for the accrual plan to accrue time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195
msgid "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`Add A New Level` button right beneath the word `Rules`, and a :guilabel:`Create Level` pop-up form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:198
msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:200
msgid ":guilabel:`Start after (#) (time period) after allocation date`: enter the number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off. The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204
msgid "Then, select the type of time period using the drop-down menu in the second field. The options are: :guilabel:`day(s)`, :guilabel:`month(s)`, or :guilabel:`year(s)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206
msgid ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: tick this box if the accrual of time off is based on the time the employee has worked. If an employee takes time off that is *not* considered a worked day, Odoo will not count that day towards their accrual plan."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209
msgid ":guilabel:`Rate (#) (time)`: enter the rate of time off that is accumulated. The first value is numerical; enter a number in the first field. Whole numbers are not necessary, any decimal value may be entered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213
msgid "Next, in the second field, select the type of time accrued using the drop-down menu. The options are either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Frequency (X)`: select how often the employee accrues the time off for this rule using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, or :guilabel:`Yearly`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219
msgid "Depending on the selection, more fields appear to specify exactly when the accrual renews."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:222
msgid "If the employee should accrue one vacation day for every week worked, the :guilabel:`Rate` is set to `1`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency (Weekly) on (Friday)`. Only the :guilabel:`Frequency` and :guilabel:`Weekday` fields appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226
msgid "If the employee should accrue ten (10)vacation days each year, and they receive these days every year on the first of January, the :guilabel:`Rate` is set to `10`, and the :guilabel:`Frequency` entry is set to `Frequency (Yearly) on the (1) of (January)`. The :guilabel:`Frequency`, :guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`Month` fields appear."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:231
msgid ":guilabel:`Limit to`: enter a maximum amount of days the employee can accrue with this plan."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:232
msgid ":guilabel:`At the end of the calendar year, unused accruals will be`: select from the drop-down menu how unused time off is handled."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235
msgid "The options are either :guilabel:`Transferred to the next year`, which rolls over unused time to the next calendar year, or :guilabel:`Lost`, which means any unused time off is gone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "A level form with all the data filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242
msgid "When the form is filled out, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the form and close the pop-up, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create a new rule. Add as many levels as desired."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "An accrual form with all the entries filled out."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252
msgid "Public holidays"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254
msgid "Most countries have public or national holidays, and some companies may have specific days they are closed and/or give extra days as holidays."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257
msgid "It is important to configure these days in Odoo, so employees are aware of the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already set as a public holiday (non-working days)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261
msgid "Create public holiday"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263
msgid "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Public Holidays`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:266
msgid "All currently configured public holidays appear in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268
msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of the list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:270
msgid "Enter the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: enter the name of the holiday."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if in a multi-company database, the current company populates this field by default. It is not possible to edit this field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:275
msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and time that the holiday starts. By default, this field is configured for the current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the company (according to the :ref:`working times <payroll/working-times>`). If the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time zone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280
msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`: using the date and time picker, select the date and time that the holiday ends. By default, this field is configured for the current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according to the :ref:`working times <payroll/working-times>`). If the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted according to the difference in the time zone compared to the company's time zone."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287
msgid "A company is located in San Francisco, and the working times are 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM (an eight (8) hour work day with a one (1) hour lunch break). A user is located in New York, and their computer time zone is set to Eastern. When they create a Public Holiday, the start time appears as 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, since the time zone is accounted for. If a different user is located in Los Angeles, and their computer time zone is set to Pacific, when they create a Public Holiday, the time appears as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:294
msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: if the holiday should only apply to employees who have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:297
msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: if using the *Payroll* application, this field defines how the work entry for the holiday appears. Select the work entry type from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309
msgid "To view a color-coded schedule of both the user's time off, and/or the team managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. This presents a calendar with the default filter of :guilabel:`My Team`, in a month view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313
msgid "To change the time period displayed, click on either the :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` buttons to present the calendar in that corresponding view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:316
msgid "Each team member is displayed on a line, and any time off they requested, regardless of the status (:guilabel:`Validated` or :guilabel:`To Approve`), appears on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:319
msgid "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random and does not correspond to the type of time off they requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:322
msgid "The status of the time of is represented by the color of the request either appearing solid (:guilabel:`Validated`) or striped (:guilabel:`To Approve`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325
msgid "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is enough space)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327
msgid "At the bottom of the calendar, a bar graph shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number on the bar represents the number of employees out for those highlighted days."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330
msgid "Hover over a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start and end time of the time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340
msgid "Allocate time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342
msgid "Once time off types and accrual plans have been configured, the next step is to allocate, or give, time off to employees. This section is only visible to users who have either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346
msgid "To create a new allocation, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Allocations`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:348
msgid "This presents a list of all current allocations, including their respective status."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create` to allocate time off, and a blank allocation form appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:352
msgid "After entering a name for the allocation on the first blank field of the form, enter the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:355
msgid ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: using the drop-down menu, select the type of time off that is being allocated to the employees."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357
msgid ":guilabel:`Allocation Type`: select either :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` or :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359
msgid ":guilabel:`Accrual Plan`: if :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` field appears. Using the drop-down menu, select the accrual plan with which the allocation is associated. An accrual plan **must** be selected for an :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:363
msgid ":guilabel:`Validity Period/Start Date`: if :guilabel:`Regular Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Validity Period`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:366
msgid "Using the calendar, select the beginning date for the allocation. If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the next date field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the second date field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:370
msgid "If :guilabel:`Accrual Allocation` is selected for the :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, this field is labeled :guilabel:`Start Date`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373
msgid "Using the calendar picker, select the start date for the allocation. If the allocation expires, select the expiration date in the :guilabel:`Run until` field. If the time off does *not* expire, leave the :guilabel:`Run until` field blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time that is being allocated to the employees. This field displays the time in either :guilabel:`Hours` or :guilabel:`Days`, depending on how the selected :ref:`Time Off Type <time_off/time-off-types>` is configured (in days or hours)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:379
msgid ":guilabel:`Mode`: using the drop-down menu, select how the allocation is assigned. This selection determines who receives the time off allocation. The options are :guilabel:`By Employee`, :guilabel:`By Company`, :guilabel:`By Department`, or :guilabel:`By Employee Tag`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383
msgid "Depending on what was selected for the :guilabel:`Mode`, this following field is labeled either: :guilabel:`Employees`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Department`, or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386
msgid "Using the drop-down menu, indicate the specific employees, company, department, or employee tags who are receiving this time off."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:389
msgid "Multiple selections can be made for either :guilabel:`Employees` or :guilabel:`Employee Tag`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391
msgid "Only one selection can be made for the :guilabel:`Company` or :guilabel:`Department`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:392
msgid ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: if any description or note is necessary to explain the time off allocation, enter it in this field at the bottom of the form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398
msgid "Request time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:400
msgid "Once an employee has been allocated time off, a request to use the time off can be submitted. Time off can be requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard <time_off/dashboard>` or from the :guilabel:`My Time Off` view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404
msgid "To access the dashboard, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407
msgid "To access :guilabel:`My Time Off`, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. This presents a list view of all the time off requests for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:410
msgid "To create a new request for time off, click either the :guilabel:`New Time Off` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` button in the :guilabel:`My Time Off` list view. Both buttons open a new time off request form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416
msgid ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417
msgid ":guilabel:`Dates`: enter the dates that the time off will fall under. There are two fields to populate, the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields. Click on either the :guilabel:`From` or :guilabel:`To` field, and a calendar pop-up appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:421
msgid "Click on the start date, then click on the end date. The selected start and end dates appear in deep purple, and the dates between them appear in pale purple (if applicable)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:424
msgid "If the time off requested is for a single day, click on the start date, then click the same date again for the end date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427
msgid "When the correct dates are selected/highlighted, click the :guilabel:`Apply` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429
msgid "The dates now populate the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` fields."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:431
msgid ":guilabel:`Half Day`: if the time off request is for a half day, tick this box. When this is selected, the :guilabel:`From` date field disappears, and is replaced with a drop-down menu. Select either :guilabel:`Morning` or :guilabel:`Afternoon` to indicate which half of the day is being requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435
msgid ":guilabel:`Custom Hours`: if the time off requested is not a whole or half day, tick this box. A :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` field appears beneath this option if selected. Using the drop-down menu, select the start and end time for the time off request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: this field updates automatically once the :guilabel:`Date` section is completed. If the :guilabel:`Date` section is modified, this section automatically updates to reflect the total time off requested. This field is in either hours or days, depending on the :guilabel:`Date` selections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443
msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: enter a description for the time off request. This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to approve the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:445
msgid ":guilabel:`Supporting Document`: this field only appears if the :guilabel:`Time Off Type` selected allows for the attachments of documents. Click the :guilabel:`Attach File` button, and a file explorer window appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:449
msgid "Navigate to the file(s) to attach, then click the :guilabel:`Open` button. The files then appear on the time off request form. Multiple documents can be attached, if necessary."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:492
msgid "When the form is complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the information, and submit the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "A time off request form filled out for an employee home sick for two days with the flu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:462
msgid "Request allocation"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464
msgid "If an employee has used all their time off, or is going to run out of time off, they can request an allocation for additional time. Allocations can be requested in one of two ways, either from the :ref:`dashboard <time_off/dashboard>` or the :guilabel:`My Allocations` view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468
msgid "To access the dashboard, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`. This is also the default view for the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471
msgid "To access :guilabel:`My Allocations`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. This presents a list view of all the allocations for the employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474
msgid "To create a new allocation request, click either the :guilabel:`Allocation Request` button on the main *Time Off* dashboard, or the :guilabel:`Create` button in the :guilabel:`My Allocations` list view. Both buttons open a new allocation request form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478
msgid "After entering a name for the allocation in the first blank line on the form, enter the following information:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:481
msgid ":guilabel:`Time Off Type`: select the type of time off being requested for the allocation from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:483
msgid ":guilabel:`Validity Period`: the current date populates the start date by default. If there is no expiration on the time off type, there is no date populated as the end date. If the time off type has an expiration date, the date automatically populates the end date field once the form is saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487
msgid ":guilabel:`Duration`: enter the amount of time being requested. The format (either days or hours) is in the same format as the time off type."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:489
msgid ":guilabel:`Add a reason...`: enter a description for the allocation request. This should include any details that managers and approvers may need in order to approve the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "An allocation request form filled out for an employee requesting an additional week of\n"
"sick time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501
msgid "Approvals"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503
msgid "Most requests for time off and allocations need to go through the approval process, prior to the time off being allocated, and then granted to an employee. Requests either need one or two approvals, depending on how the specific type of time off is configured."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:507
msgid "Only users who can approve allocation and time off requests have the :guilabel:`Approvals` section visible in the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:511
msgid "Approve allocations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513
msgid "To view allocations that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Allocations`. The only allocations visible on this list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for in the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518
msgid "The default filters that are configured to be in place when navigating to the :guilabel:`Allocations` list are :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active Employee`. This *only* presents employees on the user's team (who they manage) and active employees. Inactive users are not shown."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:523
msgid "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the presented allocation requests."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:526
msgid "The options are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`To Submit`, :guilabel:`Refused`, and :guilabel:`Approved`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529
msgid "To view all allocation requests, click :guilabel:`All`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531
msgid "It is also possible to display allocation requests by department. Click on the department to only present allocations for that specific department."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535
msgid "The groupings on the left side only present allocation requests that fall under the default filters of :guilabel:`My Team` and :guilabel:`Active Employee`. Only the statuses for allocation requests that fall under those filters are presented on the left side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539
msgid "For example, if there are no requests with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`, that status option does not appear in the left-hand side."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:542
msgid "All departments for the user's employees appear in the list. If there are no allocation requests that fall under that department matching the pre-configured filters, the list is blank."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545
msgid "It is always possible to remove any of the pre-configured filters, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon on the specific filter to remove it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:597
msgid "The status column displays the status of each request, with the status highlighted in a specific color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551
msgid "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, :guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555
msgid "To approve an allocation request, click :guilabel:`✔ Validate` at the end of the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Allocations with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:562
msgid "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the allocation request line (except for :guilabel:`✔ Validate` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to view the request in detail."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:565
msgid "Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made on the allocation request form that appears. To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:569
msgid "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button to refuse the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575
msgid "Approve time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:577
msgid "To view time off requests that need approval, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Approvals --> Time Off`. The only time off requests visible on this list are for employees the user has either :guilabel:`Time Off Officer` or :guilabel:`Administrator` access rights for the *Time Off* application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:582
msgid "The default filters in the :guilabel:`Time Off` list are :guilabel:`To Approve`, :guilabel:`My Team`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, and :guilabel:`Active Time Off`. This only presents time off requests that need to be approved for current employees on the user's team, for requests that are active and *not* in a draft mode."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:587
msgid "The left side of the screen has various grouping options to narrow down the presented time off requests. Since only time off requests that need to be approved are shown, the only status options are :guilabel:`All` and :guilabel:`To Approve`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:591
msgid "To view requests with other statuses, first remove the :guilabel:`To Approve` filter, by clicking the :guilabel:`✖️ (remove)` icon next to the :guilabel:`To Approve` filter to remove it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:594
msgid "To display time off requests for specific departments, click on the department on the left-hand side. Only requests within the selected department are then presented."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:600
msgid "The :guilabel:`To Approve` requests are highlighted in yellow, and are the only ones that appear in the list by default. If the :guilabel:`To Approve` filter is removed, then all statuses appear. :guilabel:`Approved` requests are highlighted in green, :guilabel:`To Submit` (drafts) requests are highlighted in blue, and the :guilabel:`Refused` requests are highlighted in gray."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:605
msgid "To approve a time off request, click :guilabel:`👍 Approve` at the end of the line, to refuse a request, click :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Time off requests with the filter, groupings, and status sections highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:612
msgid "If more details are needed, click anywhere on the time off request line (except for :guilabel:`👍 Approve` and :guilabel:`✖️ Refuse`) to load the time off request form. Depending on the rights of the user, changes can be made."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:616
msgid "To modify the request, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, make any desired changes, then click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:619
msgid "It is also possible to approve or refuse the request from this form. Click the :guilabel:`Approve` button to approve, or the :guilabel:`Refuse` button to refuse the request."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:623
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:674
msgid "My time off"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:625
msgid "The :guilabel:`My Time Off` section of the *Time Off* application contains the time off dashboard, as well as the user's time off requests and allocations."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:631
msgid "Dashboard"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:633
msgid "All users have access to the time off dashboard, which is the default view in the *Time Off* application. The dashboard can also be accessed at any point in the application by navigating to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> Dashboard`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:637
msgid "The current year is displayed, and the current day is highlighted in red."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:639
msgid "To change the view, click on the desired button at the top. The options are :guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` (the default)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:642
msgid "To change the presented dates, click the left and right arrows on either side of the :guilabel:`Today` button. The calendar view adjusts in increments of the presented view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:645
msgid "For example, if :guilabel:`Week` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by one week."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:647
msgid "To change the view at any point to a view that includes the current date, click the :guilabel:`Today` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:650
msgid "Above the calendar view is a summary of the users time off balances. Every time off type that has been allocated appears in its own summary box. Each summary lists the type of time off, the corresponding icon, the current available balance (in hours or days), and an expiration date (if applicable)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:655
msgid "The legend on the right side of the calendar view displays the various time off types, with their corresponding colors. The status of the time off requests are shown as well."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:658
msgid "Time off that has been validated appears in a solid color (in the color specified in the Time Off Types part of the legend). Time off requests that still need to be approved appear with white stripes in the color. Refused time off requests have a colored line through the dates."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:662
msgid "New time off requests can be made from the dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`New Time Off` button at the top of the dashboard, and a new :ref:`time off form <time_off/request-time-off>` appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:665
msgid "New allocation requests can also be made from the dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`Allocation Request` button at the top of the dashboard to request more time off, and a new :ref:`allocation form <time_off/request-allocation>` appears."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Time off dashboard view with the legend, time off summaries, and view buttons highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:676
msgid "To view a list of all the user's time off requests, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Time Off`. Here, all time off requests appear in a list view, both past and present."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:680
msgid "Other than the employee's name, the list includes the following information for each request: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Duration`, and the :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:684
msgid "A new time off request can be made from this view. Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request time off <time_off/request-time-off>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:688
msgid "My allocations"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:690
msgid "To view a list of all the users allocations, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> My Time Off --> My Allocations`. All allocations and requested allocations appear in a list view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:693
msgid "The information presented includes: the :guilabel:`Time Off Type`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Duration`, :guilabel:`Allocation Type`, and the :guilabel:`Status`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:696
msgid "A new allocation request can be made from this view, as well. Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to :ref:`request an allocation <time_off/request-allocation>`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:702
msgid "The reporting feature allows users to view time off for their team, either by employee or type of time off. This allows users to see which employees are taking time off, how much time off they are taking, and what time off types are being used."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:707
msgid "By employee"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:709
msgid "To view a report of employee time off requests, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Employee`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:712
msgid "The default report is a stacked bar chart with the filters of :guilabel:`Active Employee` and :guilabel:`Type` in place."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:715
msgid "Each employee is displayed in their own column, with the bar displaying how many days of each type of time off type they requested."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:718
msgid "The report can be displayed in other ways. Click the various options at the top of the report to view the data differently."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:721
msgid "The graph options are :guilabel:`Bar Chart`, :guilabel:`Line Chart`, or :guilabel:`Pie Chart`. The :guilabel:`Bar Chart` includes an option to present the data :guilabel:`Stacked`. Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` have options to present the data in either :guilabel:`Descending` or :guilabel:`Ascending` order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Report of time off, shown by each employee in a stacked bar chart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:731
msgid "By type"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:733
msgid "To view a list of approved time off, organized by time off type, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Reporting --> by Type`. This shows each time off type in its own section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:736
msgid "Click on a time off type to expand the list. Each request is listed, with the following information displayed: the :guilabel:`Employee`, :guilabel:`Number of Days`, :guilabel:`Request Type`, :guilabel:`Start Date`, :guilabel:`End Date`, :guilabel:`Status`, and the :guilabel:`Description`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:740
msgid "The default filters in place for this report are :guilabel:`Approved Requests`, :guilabel:`Active Employee`, the :guilabel:`Current Year`, and the :guilabel:`Type`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:-1
msgid "Report of time off by type, with each request detailed in the list."
msgstr ""
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink